[ARM] Update ld testcases
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
40b36596
JM
532@ifset TIC6X
533
534@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
535 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
536 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
537 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 538@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
539@ifset TILEGX
540
541@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 542 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
543@end ifset
544@ifset TILEPRO
545@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
546@end ifset
b6605ddd 547@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 548
b6605ddd
EB
549@emph{Target Visium options:}
550 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
551@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
552@ifset XTENSA
553
554@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
555 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
556 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
557 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
558 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 559 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 560@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
561@ifset Z80
562
563@emph{Target Z80 options:}
564 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
565 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
566 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
567 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
568 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
569 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
570 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
571@end ifset
a4fb0134 572@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 573
a4fb0134 574@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 575@end ifset
e0001a05 576
0285c67d 577@c man end
252b5132
RH
578@end smallexample
579
0285c67d
NC
580@c man begin OPTIONS
581
a4fb0134 582@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 583@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 584
83f10cb2 585@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
586Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
589@item -ac
590omit false conditionals
591
592@item -ad
593omit debugging directives
594
83f10cb2
NC
595@item -ag
596include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
597
252b5132
RH
598@item -ah
599include high-level source
600
601@item -al
602include assembly
603
604@item -am
605include macro expansions
606
607@item -an
608omit forms processing
609
610@item -as
611include symbols
612
613@item =file
614set the name of the listing file
615@end table
616
617You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
618listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
619the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
620
caa32fe5 621@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
622Begin in alternate macro mode.
623@ifclear man
624@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
625@end ifclear
caa32fe5 626
955974c6
CC
627@item --compress-debug-sections
628Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
629to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
273a4985
JT
630compatible with older linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression
631would make a given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed or renamed.
955974c6 632
151411f8
L
633@ifset ELF
634@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
635@item --compress-debug-sections=none
636@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
637@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
638@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
639These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
640@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
641@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
642@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
643@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} are equivalent to
644@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
645@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} compresses
646DWARF debug sections with SHF_COMPRESSED from the ELF ABI.
647@end ifset
648
955974c6
CC
649@item --nocompress-debug-sections
650Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
651
252b5132
RH
652@item -D
653Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
654other assemblers.
655
3d6b762c
JM
656@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
657When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
658information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
659
252b5132
RH
660@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
661Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
662@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
663indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
664value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
665use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
666
667@item -f
668``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
669compiler output).
670
329e276d
NC
671@item -g
672@itemx --gen-debug
673Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
674debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
675ECOFF or DWARF2.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --gstabs
678Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
679may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
680
05da4302
NC
681@item --gstabs+
682Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
683extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
684debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
685may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
686the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
687
329e276d 688@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 689Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 690may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 691option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 692
b40bf0a2
NC
693@item --gdwarf-sections
694Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
695.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
696corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
697will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
698@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
699then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
700suffix.
701
21be61f5
L
702@item --size-check=error
703@itemx --size-check=warning
704Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
705
252b5132
RH
706@item --help
707Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
708
ea20a7da
CC
709@item --target-help
710Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item -I @var{dir}
713Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
714
715@item -J
716Don't warn about signed overflow.
717
718@item -K
719@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
720This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
721@end ifclear
722@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
723Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
724@end ifset
725
726@item -L
727@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
728Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
729system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
730or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
731@ifclear man
732@xref{Symbol Names}.
733@end ifclear
252b5132 734
c3a27914
NC
735@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
736Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
737listing to @var{number}.
738
739@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
740Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
741lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
742
743@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
744Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
745@var{number} bytes.
746
747@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
748Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
749to @var{number} + 1.
750
252b5132 751@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 752Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
753
754@item -R
755Fold the data section into the text section.
756
4bdd3565
NC
757@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
758Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
759@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
760assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
761memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
762requirements at the expense of speed.
763
764@item --reduce-memory-overheads
765This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
766assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
767@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
768
252b5132
RH
769@item --statistics
770Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
771assembly.
772
773@item --strip-local-absolute
774Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
775
776@item -v
777@itemx -version
a4fb0134 778Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
779
780@item --version
a4fb0134 781Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
782
783@item -W
2bdd6cf5 784@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
785Suppress warning messages.
786
2bdd6cf5
GK
787@item --fatal-warnings
788Treat warnings as errors.
789
790@item --warn
791Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
792
252b5132
RH
793@item -w
794Ignored.
795
796@item -x
797Ignored.
798
799@item -Z
800Generate an object file even after errors.
801
802@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
803Standard input, or source files to assemble.
804
805@end table
2a633939
JM
806@c man end
807
a06ea964
NC
808@ifset AARCH64
809
810@ifclear man
811@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
812for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
813@end ifclear
814
815@ifset man
816@c man begin OPTIONS
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
81864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
819@c man end
820@c man begin INCLUDE
821@include c-aarch64.texi
822@c ended inside the included file
823@end ifset
824
825@end ifset
826
2a633939
JM
827@ifset ALPHA
828
829@ifclear man
830@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
831for an Alpha processor.
832@end ifclear
833
834@ifset man
835@c man begin OPTIONS
836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
837processor.
838@c man end
839@c man begin INCLUDE
840@include c-alpha.texi
841@c ended inside the included file
842@end ifset
843
844@end ifset
252b5132 845
2a633939 846@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
847@ifset ARC
848The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
849an ARC processor.
850
a4fb0134 851@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
852@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
853This option selects the core processor variant.
854@item -EB | -EL
855Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
856@end table
857@end ifset
858
859@ifset ARM
860The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
861processor family.
862
a4fb0134 863@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 864@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 865Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 866@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 867Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 868@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 869Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
870@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
871Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
872@item -mthumb
873Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 874@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
875Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
876@item -EB | -EL
877Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
878@item -mthumb-interwork
879Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
880ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
881@item -mccs
882Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
883@item -k
884Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
885@end table
886@end ifset
635fb38d 887@c man end
252b5132 888
9982501a 889@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
890
891@ifclear man
892@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
893configured for the Blackfin processor family.
894@end ifclear
895
896@ifset man
897@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
899the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
900@c man end
901@c man begin INCLUDE
902@include c-bfin.texi
903@c ended inside the included file
904@end ifset
9982501a 905
9982501a
JZ
906@end ifset
907
635fb38d 908@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
909@ifset CRIS
910See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
911@end ifset
912
252b5132
RH
913@ifset D10V
914The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
915a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 916@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
917@cindex D10V optimization
918@cindex optimization, D10V
919@item -O
920Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
921@end table
922@end ifset
923
924@ifset D30V
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
926processor.
a4fb0134 927@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
928@cindex D30V optimization
929@cindex optimization, D30V
930@item -O
931Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
932
933@cindex D30V nops
934@item -n
935Warn when nops are generated.
936
937@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
938@item -N
939Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
940@end table
941@end ifset
731caf76
L
942@c man end
943
cfb8c092
NC
944@ifset EPIPHANY
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
946Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
947
56b13185
JR
948@ifclear man
949@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
950configured for an Epiphany processor.
951@end ifclear
cfb8c092 952
56b13185
JR
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
956an Epiphany processor.
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
962
963@end ifset
964
965@ifset H8300
966
967@ifclear man
968@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
969for an H8/300 processor.
970@end ifclear
971
972@ifset man
973@c man begin OPTIONS
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
975processor.
976@c man end
977@c man begin INCLUDE
978@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
979@c ended inside the included file
980@end ifset
cfb8c092 981
cfb8c092
NC
982@end ifset
983
731caf76 984@ifset I80386
252b5132 985
731caf76
L
986@ifclear man
987@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
988configured for an i386 processor.
989@end ifclear
990
991@ifset man
992@c man begin OPTIONS
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
994an i386 processor.
995@c man end
996@c man begin INCLUDE
997@include c-i386.texi
998@c ended inside the included file
999@end ifset
1000
1001@end ifset
1002
1003@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1004@ifset I960
1005The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1006Intel 80960 processor.
1007
a4fb0134 1008@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1009@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1010Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1011
1012@item -b
1013Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1014
1015@item -no-relax
1016Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1017error if necessary.
1018
1019@end table
1020@end ifset
1021
a40cbfa3
NC
1022@ifset IP2K
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1024Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1025
1026@table @gcctabopt
1027
1028@item -mip2022ext
1029Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1030
1031@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1032Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1033just the basic IP2022 ones.
1034
1035@end table
1036@end ifset
1037
49f58d10
JB
1038@ifset M32C
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1040Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1041
1042@table @gcctabopt
1043
1044@item -m32c
1045Assemble M32C instructions.
1046
1047@item -m16c
1048Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1049
c54b5932
DD
1050@item -relax
1051Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1052
1053@item -h-tick-hex
1054Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1055
49f58d10
JB
1056@end table
1057@end ifset
1058
ec694b89
NC
1059@ifset M32R
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1061Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1062
a4fb0134 1063@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1064
1065@item --m32rx
1066Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1067is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1068
1069@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1070Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1071encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1072
1073@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1074Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1075encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1076
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1079
1080@ifset M680X0
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1082Motorola 68000 series.
1083
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@item -l
1087Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1088
0285c67d
NC
1089@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1090@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1091@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1092Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1093is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1094
1095@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1096The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1097The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1098the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1099two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1100coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1101
1102@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1103The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1104unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1105
1106@end table
1107@end ifset
1108
36591ba1
SL
1109@ifset NIOSII
1110
1111@ifclear man
1112@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1113for an Altera Nios II processor.
1114@end ifclear
1115
1116@ifset man
1117@c man begin OPTIONS
1118The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1119Altera Nios II processor.
1120@c man end
1121@c man begin INCLUDE
1122@include c-nios2.texi
1123@c ended inside the included file
1124@end ifset
1125@end ifset
1126
e135f41b
NC
1127@ifset PDP11
1128
1129For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1130see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1133@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1134Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1135default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1136
1137@item -mall
1138@itemx -mall-extensions
1139Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1140
1141@item -mno-extensions
1142Disable all instruction set extensions.
1143
1144@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1145Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1146
1147@item -m@var{cpu}
1148Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1149disable all other extensions.
1150
1151@item -m@var{machine}
1152Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1153model, and disable all other extensions.
1154@end table
1155
1156@end ifset
1157
041dd5a9
ILT
1158@ifset PJ
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1160a picoJava processor.
1161
a4fb0134 1162@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1163
1164@cindex PJ endianness
1165@cindex endianness, PJ
1166@cindex big endian output, PJ
1167@item -mb
1168Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1169
1170@cindex little endian output, PJ
1171@item -ml
1172Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
1176
60bcf0fa
NC
1177@ifset M68HC11
1178The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1179Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1180
a4fb0134 1181@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1182
6927f982 1183@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1184Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1185defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1186
6927f982
NC
1187@item --xgate-ramoffset
1188Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1189XGATE address space.
1190
2f904664
SC
1191@item -mshort
1192Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1193
1194@item -mlong
01642c12 1195Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1196
1197@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1198Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1199
1200@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1201Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1202
1370e33d 1203@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1204Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1205conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1206sub routine.
1207
1370e33d
NC
1208@item -S | --short-branches
1209Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1210when the offset is out of range.
1211
1212@item --strict-direct-mode
1213Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1214when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1215
1216@item --print-insn-syntax
1217Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1218
1219@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1220Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1221
1222@item --generate-example
6927f982 1223Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1224This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1225
1226@end table
1227@end ifset
1228
252b5132 1229@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1230The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1231for the SPARC architecture:
1232
a4fb0134 1233@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1234@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1235@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1236Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1237
1238@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1239@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1240
1241@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1242UltraSPARC extensions.
1243
1244@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1245For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1246equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1247
1248@item -bump
1249Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1250@end table
1251@end ifset
1252
39bec121
TW
1253@ifset TIC54X
1254The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1255architecture.
39bec121 1256
a4fb0134 1257@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1258@item -mfar-mode
1259Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1260extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1261@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1262Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1263@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1264Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1265behaviour in the shell.
1266@end table
1267@end ifset
1268
252b5132
RH
1269@ifset MIPS
1270The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1271a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1272
a4fb0134 1273@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1274@item -G @var{num}
1275This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1276implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1277use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1278
1279@cindex MIPS endianness
1280@cindex endianness, MIPS
1281@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1282@item -EB
1283Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1284
1285@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1286@item -EL
1287Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1288
1289@cindex MIPS ISA
1290@item -mips1
1291@itemx -mips2
1292@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1293@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1294@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1295@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1296@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1297@itemx -mips32r3
1298@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1299@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1300@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1301@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1302@itemx -mips64r3
1303@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1304@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1305Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1306@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1307alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1308@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1309@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1310@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1311@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1312MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1313Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1314MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1315
98508b2a
RS
1316@item -march=@var{cpu}
1317Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1318
1319@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1320Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1321
1322@item -mfix7000
1323@itemx -mno-fix7000
1324Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1325of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1326
a8d14a88
CM
1327@item -mfix-rm7000
1328@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1329Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1330followed by a load instruction.
1331
ecb4347a
DJ
1332@item -mdebug
1333@itemx -no-mdebug
1334Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1335section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1336
dcd410fe
RO
1337@item -mpdr
1338@itemx -mno-pdr
1339Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1340
437ee9d5
TS
1341@item -mgp32
1342@itemx -mfp32
1343The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1344flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1345all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1346and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1347
351cdf24
MF
1348@item -mgp64
1349@itemx -mfp64
1350The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1351flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1352all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1353and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1354
1355@item -mfpxx
1356The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1357this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1358which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
135932 or 64 bits wide.
1360
1361@item -modd-spreg
1362@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1363Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1364registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1365@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1366
437ee9d5
TS
1367@item -mips16
1368@itemx -no-mips16
1369Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1370@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1371turns off this option.
252b5132 1372
df58fc94
RS
1373@item -mmicromips
1374@itemx -mno-micromips
1375Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1376@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1377turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1378at the start of the assembly file.
1379
e16bfa71
TS
1380@item -msmartmips
1381@itemx -mno-smartmips
1382Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1383equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1384@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1385
1f25f5d3
CD
1386@item -mips3d
1387@itemx -no-mips3d
1388Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1389This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1390@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1391
deec1734
CD
1392@item -mdmx
1393@itemx -no-mdmx
1394Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1395This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1396@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1397
2ef2b9ae
CF
1398@item -mdsp
1399@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1400Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1401This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1402@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1403
8b082fb1
TS
1404@item -mdspr2
1405@itemx -mno-dspr2
1406Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1407This option implies -mdsp.
1408This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1409@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1410
56d438b1
CF
1411@item -mmsa
1412@itemx -mno-msa
1413Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1414This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1415@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1416
7d64c587
AB
1417@item -mxpa
1418@itemx -mno-xpa
1419Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1420This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1421@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1422
ef2e4d86
CF
1423@item -mmt
1424@itemx -mno-mt
1425Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1426This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1427@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1428
dec0624d
MR
1429@item -mmcu
1430@itemx -mno-mcu
1431Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1432This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1433@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1434
833794fc
MR
1435@item -minsn32
1436@itemx -mno-insn32
1437Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1438microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1439instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1440the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1441option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1442start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1443selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1444
437ee9d5
TS
1445@item --construct-floats
1446@itemx --no-construct-floats
1447The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1448double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1449value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1450the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1451selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1452
3bf0dbfb
MR
1453@item --relax-branch
1454@itemx --no-relax-branch
1455The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1456branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1457out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1458
ba92f887
MR
1459@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1460Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1461(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1462
252b5132
RH
1463@cindex emulation
1464@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1465This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1466on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1467removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1468It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1469
1470The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1471@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1472is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1473big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1474preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1475
1476@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1477@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1478the native tools.
1479
252b5132
RH
1480@item --trap
1481@itemx --no-trap
1482@itemx --break
1483@itemx --no-break
1484Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1485@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1486(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1487@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1488break exception.
63486801
L
1489
1490@item -n
a4fb0134 1491When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1492time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1493@end table
1494@end ifset
1495
1496@ifset MCORE
1497The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1498an MCore processor.
1499
a4fb0134 1500@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1501@item -jsri2bsr
1502@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1503Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1504The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1505
1506@item -sifilter
1507@itemx -nosifilter
1508Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1509The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1510
1511@item -relax
1512Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1513
ec694b89
NC
1514@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1515Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1516can be assembled.
1517
1518@item -EB
1519Assemble for a big endian target.
1520
1521@item -EL
1522Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1523
1524@end table
1525@end ifset
a3c62988 1526@c man end
252b5132 1527
a3c62988
NC
1528@ifset METAG
1529
1530@ifclear man
1531@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1532for a Meta processor.
1533@end ifclear
1534
1535@ifset man
1536@c man begin OPTIONS
1537The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1538Meta processor.
1539@c man end
1540@c man begin INCLUDE
1541@include c-metag.texi
1542@c ended inside the included file
1543@end ifset
1544
1545@end ifset
1546
1547@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1548@ifset MMIX
1549See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1550@end ifset
1551
35c08157
KLC
1552@ifset NDS32
1553
1554@ifclear man
1555@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1556for a NDS32 processor.
1557@end ifclear
1558@c ended inside the included file
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@ifset man
1562@c man begin OPTIONS
1563The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1564NDS32 processor.
1565@c man end
1566@c man begin INCLUDE
1567@include c-nds32.texi
1568@c ended inside the included file
1569@end ifset
1570
635fb38d 1571@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1572@ifset PPC
1573
1574@ifclear man
1575@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1576for a PowerPC processor.
1577@end ifclear
1578
1579@ifset man
1580@c man begin OPTIONS
1581The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1582PowerPC processor.
1583@c man end
1584@c man begin INCLUDE
1585@include c-ppc.texi
1586@c ended inside the included file
1587@end ifset
1588
1589@end ifset
1590
635fb38d 1591@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1592@ifset RX
1593See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1594@end ifset
1595
11c19e16
MS
1596@ifset S390
1597The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1598processor family.
1599
1600@table @gcctabopt
1601@item -m31
1602@itemx -m64
1603Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1604@item -mesa
1605@item -mzarch
1606Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1607Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1608@item -march=@var{processor}
1609Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1610@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1611@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1612@item -mregnames
1613@itemx -mno-regnames
1614Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1615@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1616Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1617but evaluates to zero.
1618@end table
1619@end ifset
2a633939 1620@c man end
11c19e16 1621
40b36596 1622@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1623
1624@ifclear man
1625@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1626for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1627@end ifclear
1628
1629@ifset man
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1631The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1632TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1633@c man end
1634@c man begin INCLUDE
1635@include c-tic6x.texi
1636@c ended inside the included file
1637@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1638
1639@end ifset
1640
aa137e4d
NC
1641@ifset TILEGX
1642
1643@ifclear man
1644@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1645for a TILE-Gx processor.
1646@end ifclear
1647
1648@ifset man
1649@c man begin OPTIONS
1650The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1651processor.
1652@c man end
1653@c man begin INCLUDE
1654@include c-tilegx.texi
1655@c ended inside the included file
1656@end ifset
1657
1658@end ifset
1659
b6605ddd
EB
1660@ifset VISIUM
1661
1662@ifclear man
1663@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1664for a Visium processor.
1665@end ifclear
1666
1667@ifset man
1668@c man begin OPTIONS
1669The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1670processor.
1671@c man end
1672@c man begin INCLUDE
1673@include c-visium.texi
1674@c ended inside the included file
1675@end ifset
1676
1677@end ifset
1678
e0001a05 1679@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1680
2d8b84ae
SA
1681@ifclear man
1682@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1683for an Xtensa processor.
1684@end ifclear
1685
1686@ifset man
1687@c man begin OPTIONS
1688The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1689Xtensa processor.
1690@c man end
1691@c man begin INCLUDE
1692@include c-xtensa.texi
1693@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1694@end ifset
1695
2d8b84ae
SA
1696@end ifset
1697
1698@c man begin OPTIONS
1699
3c9b82ba
NC
1700@ifset Z80
1701The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1702a Z80 family processor.
1703@table @gcctabopt
1704@item -z80
1705Assemble for Z80 processor.
1706@item -r800
1707Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1708@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1709@itemx -Wnud
1710Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1711@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1712@itemx -Wnup
1713Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1714@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1715@itemx -Wud
1716Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1717@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1718@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1719Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1720@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1721@itemx -Fud
1722Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1723@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1724@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1725Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1726@end table
1727@end ifset
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man end
1730
252b5132
RH
1731@menu
1732* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1733* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1734* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1735* Command Line:: Command Line
1736* Input Files:: Input Files
1737* Object:: Output (Object) File
1738* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1739@end menu
1740
1741@node Manual
1742@section Structure of this Manual
1743
1744@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1745This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1746@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1747notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1748@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1749
1750@ifclear GENERIC
1751We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1752configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1753@end ifclear
1754@ifset GENERIC
1755This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1756various flavors of the assembler.
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1760On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1761to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1762In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1763architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1764mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1765particular architecture.
1766@ifset GENERIC
1767You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1768machine architecture manual for this information.
1769@end ifset
1770@ifclear GENERIC
1771@ifset H8/300
1772For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1773Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1774Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1775@end ifset
252b5132 1776@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1777For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1778see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1779@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1780@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1781@end ifset
1782@ifset Z8000
1783For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1784@end ifset
1785@end ifclear
1786
1787@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1788@ignore
1789Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1790the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1791Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1792computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1793once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1794qualification.
1795
a4fb0134 1796@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1797human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1798computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1799@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1800@end ignore
1801
1802@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1803@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1804@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1805@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1806@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1807@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1808@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1809@c directives).
1810
1811@node GNU Assembler
1812@section The GNU Assembler
1813
0285c67d
NC
1814@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1815
a4fb0134 1816@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1817@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1818This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1819configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1820@end ifclear
1821If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1822should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1823architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1824including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1825@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1826
1827@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1829@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1830@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1831assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1832machine would assemble.
1833@ifset VAX
1834Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1835@end ifset
1836@ifset M680X0
1837@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1838@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1839This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1840assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1841incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1842@end ifset
1843
0285c67d
NC
1844@c man end
1845
a4fb0134 1846Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1847program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1848@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1849
1850@node Object Formats
1851@section Object File Formats
1852
1853@cindex object file format
1854The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1855object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1856write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1857are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1858Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1859@ifclear GENERIC
1860@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1861For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1862@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1863@end ifclear
1864@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1865@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1866On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1867@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1868@end ifset
1869@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1870On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1871SOM or ELF format object files.
1872@end ifset
1873@end ifclear
1874
1875@node Command Line
1876@section Command Line
1877
1878@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1879
a4fb0134 1880After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1881options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1882before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1883significant.
1884
1885@cindex standard input, as input file
1886@kindex --
1887@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1888explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1889
1890@cindex options, command line
1891Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1892hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1893@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1894option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1895the letter is important. All options are optional.
1896
1897Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1898name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1899with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1900standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1901
1902@smallexample
1903@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1904@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1905@end smallexample
1906
1907@node Input Files
1908@section Input Files
1909
1910@cindex input
1911@cindex source program
1912@cindex files, input
1913We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1914describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1915be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1916doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1917
1918@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1919@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1920The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1921order specified.
1922
0285c67d 1923@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1924Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1925program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1926(The standard input is also a file.)
1927
a4fb0134 1928You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1929names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1930command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1931is taken to be an input file name.
1932
a4fb0134
SC
1933If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1934from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1935may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1936to assemble.
1937
1938Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1939in your command line.
1940
a4fb0134 1941If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1942file.
1943
0285c67d
NC
1944@c man end
1945
252b5132
RH
1946@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1947
1948@cindex input file linenumbers
1949@cindex line numbers, in input files
1950There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1951either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1952number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1953``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1954
1955@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1956to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1959directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1960error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1961is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1962@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1963@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1964
1965@node Object
1966@section Output (Object) File
1967
1968@cindex object file
1969@cindex output file
1970@kindex a.out
1971@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1972Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1973your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1974is the object file. Its default name is
1975@ifclear BOUT
1976@code{a.out}.
1977@end ifclear
1978@ifset BOUT
1979@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1980@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1981@end ifset
a4fb0134 1982@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1983@end ifset
a4fb0134 1984You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1985object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1986reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1987directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1988possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1989
1990@cindex linker
1991@kindex ld
1992The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1993assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1994the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1995information for the debugger.
1996
1997@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1998@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1999
2000@node Errors
2001@section Error and Warning Messages
2002
0285c67d
NC
2003@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2004
a349d9dd 2005@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2006@cindex warning messages
2007@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2008@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2009file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2010runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2011that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2012grave problem that stops the assembly.
2013
0285c67d
NC
2014@c man end
2015
252b5132
RH
2016@cindex format of warning messages
2017Warning messages have the format
2018
2019@smallexample
2020file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2021@end smallexample
2022
2023@noindent
2024@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2025(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2026(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2027the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2028@ifset GENERIC
2029(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2030@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2031then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2032otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2033message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2034tradition).
2035
2036@cindex format of error messages
2037Error messages have the format
2038@smallexample
2039file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2040@end smallexample
2041The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2042messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2043because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2044
2045@node Invoking
2046@chapter Command-Line Options
2047
2048@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2049This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2050versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2051for options specific
252b5132 2052@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2053to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2054@end ifclear
2055@ifset GENERIC
2056to particular machine architectures.
2057@end ifset
2058
0285c67d
NC
2059@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2060
c1253627 2061If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2062you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2063The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2064by commas. For example:
2065
2066@smallexample
2067gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2068@end smallexample
2069
2070@noindent
2071This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2072standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2073local symbols in the symbol table).
2074
2075Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2076command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2077(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2078precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2079assembler.)
2080
0285c67d
NC
2081@c man end
2082
252b5132 2083@menu
83f10cb2 2084* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2085* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2086* D:: -D for compatibility
2087* f:: -f to work faster
2088* I:: -I for .include search path
2089@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2090* K:: -K for compatibility
2091@end ifclear
2092@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2093* K:: -K for difference tables
2094@end ifset
2095
ba83aca1 2096* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2097* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2098* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2099* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2100* o:: -o to name the object file
2101* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2102* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2103* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2104* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2105* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2106* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2107@end menu
2108
2109@node a
83f10cb2 2110@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2111
2112@kindex -a
2113@kindex -ac
2114@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2115@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2116@kindex -ah
2117@kindex -al
2118@kindex -an
2119@kindex -as
2120@cindex listings, enabling
2121@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2122
2123These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2124@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2125You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2126@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2127@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2128@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2129High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2130@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2131also.
2132
83f10cb2
NC
2133Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2134information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2135
252b5132
RH
2136Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2137which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2138other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2139omitted from the listing.
2140
2141Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2142listing.
2143
2144Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2145listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2146@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2147@code{.sbttl}.
2148The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2149If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2150listing-control directives have no effect.
2151
2152The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2153@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2154
96e9638b
BW
2155Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2156because it
c3a27914
NC
2157is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2158is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2159directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2160stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2161memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2162
caa32fe5
NC
2163@node alternate
2164@section @option{--alternate}
2165
2166@kindex --alternate
2167Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2168
252b5132 2169@node D
a4fb0134 2170@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2171
2172@kindex -D
2173This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2174likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2175@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2176
2177@node f
a4fb0134 2178@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2179
2180@kindex -f
2181@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2182@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2183@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2184(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2185and comment preprocessing on
2186the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2187,Preprocessing}.
2188
2189@quotation
2190@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2191preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2192not work correctly.
2193@end quotation
2194
2195@node I
c1253627 2196@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2197
2198@kindex -I @var{path}
2199@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2200@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2201@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2202Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2203@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2204directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2205many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2206working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2207searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2208specified (left to right) on the command line.
2209
2210@node K
a4fb0134 2211@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2212
2213@kindex -K
2214@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2215On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2216permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2217where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2218generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2219family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2220alteration on other platforms.
2221@end ifclear
2222
2223@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2224@cindex difference tables, warning
2225@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2226@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2227form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2228You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2229is done.
2230@end ifset
2231
2232@node L
ba83aca1 2233@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2236@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2237Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2238@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2239called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2240such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2241programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2242notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2243such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2244
2245This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2246in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2247@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2248
c3a27914 2249@node listing
a4fb0134 2250@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2251
2252The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2253@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2254hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2255them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2256directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2257@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2258@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2259@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2260
a4fb0134 2261@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2262@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2263@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2264@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2265Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2266dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2267
2268@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2269@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2270@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2271Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2272a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2273the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2274switch is used the default is to one.
2275
2276@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2277@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2278@cindex Width of source line output
2279Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2280alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2281source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2282
2283@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2284@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2285@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2286Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2287displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2288@end table
2289
252b5132 2290@node M
a4fb0134 2291@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2292
2293@kindex -M
2294@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2295The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2296changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2297compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2298configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2299MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2300information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2301arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2302assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2303
2304The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2305depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2306file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2307individually. These are:
2308
2309@itemize @bullet
2310@item global symbols in common section
2311
2312The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2313Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2314common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2315symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2316symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2317
2318@item complex relocations
2319
2320The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2321relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2322are not support by other object file formats.
2323
2324@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2325
2326The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2327This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2328instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2329script.
2330
2331@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2332
2333The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2334name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2335
2336@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2337
2338The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2339address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2340which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2341not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2342assigned within a linker script.
2343@end itemize
2344
2345There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2346@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2347seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2348
2349@itemize @bullet
2350
2351@item EBCDIC strings
2352
2353EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2354
2355@item packed binary coded decimal
2356
2357Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2358and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2359
2360@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2361
2362The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2363
2364@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2365
2366The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2367
2368@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2369
2370The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2371@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2372relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2373these options serve no purpose.
2374
2375@item @code{OPT} list control options
2376
2377The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2378@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2379@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2380
2381@item other @code{OPT} options
2382
2383The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2384@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2385
2386@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2387
2388The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2389@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2390
2391@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2392
2393The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2394
2395@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2396
2397The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2398
2399@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2400
2401The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2402
2403@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2404
2405The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2406
2407@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2408
2409The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2410
2411@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2412
2413The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2414
2415@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2416
2417The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2418
2419@end itemize
2420
2421@node MD
c1253627 2422@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2423
2424@kindex --MD
2425@cindex dependency tracking
2426@cindex make rules
2427
a4fb0134 2428@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2429file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2430dependencies of the main source file.
2431
2432The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2433
2434This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2435
2436@node o
a4fb0134 2437@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2438
2439@kindex -o
2440@cindex naming object file
2441@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2442There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2443default it has the name
2444@ifset GENERIC
2445@ifset I960
2446@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2447@end ifset
2448@ifclear I960
2449@file{a.out}.
2450@end ifclear
2451@end ifset
2452@ifclear GENERIC
2453@ifset I960
2454@file{b.out}.
2455@end ifset
2456@ifclear I960
2457@file{a.out}.
2458@end ifclear
2459@end ifclear
2460You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2461object file a different name.
2462
a4fb0134 2463Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2464existing file of the same name.
2465
2466@node R
a4fb0134 2467@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex -R
2470@cindex data and text sections, joining
2471@cindex text and data sections, joining
2472@cindex joining text and data sections
2473@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2474@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2475data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2476the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2477section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2478your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2479appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2480
a4fb0134 2481When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2482address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2483data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2484older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2485
c1253627
NC
2486@ifset COFF-ELF
2487When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2488this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2489@samp{.data}.
2490@end ifset
2491
2492@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2493@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2494@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2495@end ifset
2496
2497@node statistics
a4fb0134 2498@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@kindex --statistics
2501@cindex statistics, about assembly
2502@cindex time, total for assembly
2503@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2504Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2505@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2506(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2507seconds).
2508
2509@node traditional-format
c1253627 2510@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2511
2512@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2513For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2514from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2515@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2516
2517For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2518@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@node v
a4fb0134 2521@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2522
2523@kindex -v
2524@kindex -version
2525@cindex assembler version
2526@cindex version of assembler
2527You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2528option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2529command line.
2530
2531@node W
a4fb0134 2532@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2533
a4fb0134 2534@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2535assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2536cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2537made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2538
c1253627
NC
2539@kindex -W
2540@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2541@cindex suppressing warnings
2542@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2543If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2544This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2545how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2546are still reported.
2547
c1253627 2548@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2549@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2550@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2551If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2552files that generate warnings to be in error.
2553
c1253627 2554@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2555@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2556You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2557causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2558
2559@node Z
a4fb0134 2560@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2561@cindex object file, after errors
2562@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2563After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2564some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2565@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2566option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2567writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2568errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2569
2570@node Syntax
2571@chapter Syntax
2572
2573@cindex machine-independent syntax
2574@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2575This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2576source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2577assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2578@ifclear VAX
2579assembler.
2580@end ifclear
2581@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2582assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2583@end ifset
2584
2585@menu
7c31ae13 2586* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2587* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2588* Comments:: Comments
2589* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2590* Statements:: Statements
2591* Constants:: Constants
2592@end menu
2593
2594@node Preprocessing
2595@section Preprocessing
2596
2597@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2598The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2599@itemize @bullet
2600@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2601@item
2602adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2603the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2604a single space.
2605
2606@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2607@item
2608removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2609appropriate number of newlines.
2610
2611@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2612@item
2613converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2614@end itemize
2615
2616It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2617anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2618do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2619(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2620to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2621@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2622Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2623
2624Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2625cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2626preprocessed.
2627
2628@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2629@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2630@kindex #NO_APP
2631@kindex #APP
2632If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2633@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2634Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2635specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2636text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2637@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2638@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2639and whitespace.
2640
2641@node Whitespace
2642@section Whitespace
2643
2644@cindex whitespace
2645@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2646Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2647people to read. Unless within character constants
2648(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2649as exactly one space.
2650
2651@node Comments
2652@section Comments
2653
2654@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2655There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2656cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2657
2658Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2659This means you may not nest these comments.
2660
2661@smallexample
2662/*
2663 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2664 is to use this sort of comment.
2665*/
2666
2667/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2668@end smallexample
2669
2670@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2671Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2672considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2673specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2674line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2675line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2676comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2677upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2678@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2679
2680If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2681special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2682to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2683
2684@kindex #
2685@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2686@cindex logical line numbers
2687To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2688special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2689expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2690line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2691new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2692
2693If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2694the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2695
2696@smallexample
2697 # This is an ordinary comment.
2698# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2699 # This is logical line # 36.
2700@end smallexample
2701This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2702of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2703
2704@node Symbol Intro
2705@section Symbols
2706
2707@cindex characters used in symbols
2708@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2709A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2710letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2711@samp{_.$}.
2712@end ifclear
2713@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset H8
2716A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2717letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2718@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2719symbol names.)
2720@end ifset
2721@end ifclear
2722@end ifset
2723@ifset GENERIC
2724On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2725are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2726@end ifset
2727No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2728There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2729are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2730beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2731of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2732@cindex length of symbols
2733
2734@node Statements
2735@section Statements
2736
2737@cindex statements, structure of
2738@cindex line separator character
2739@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2740
2741A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2742@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2743specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2744target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2745The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2746preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2747exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2748
2749@cindex newline, required at file end
2750@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2751It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2752character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2753
2754An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2755
2756@cindex instructions and directives
2757@cindex directives and instructions
2758@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2759@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2760@c 13feb91.
2761A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2762key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2763symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2764symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2765directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2766a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2767assembles into a machine language instruction.
2768@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2769Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2770recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2771represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2772language.@refill
2773@end ifset
2774
2775@cindex @code{:} (label)
2776@cindex label (@code{:})
2777A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2778Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2779have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2780
2781@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2782For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2783the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2784only one label may be defined on each line.
2785@end ifset
2786
2787@smallexample
2788label: .directive followed by something
2789another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2790 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2791@end smallexample
2792
2793@node Constants
2794@section Constants
2795
2796@cindex constants
2797A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2798inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2799@smallexample
2800@group
2801.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2802.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2803.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2804.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
280595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2806@end group
2807@end smallexample
2808
2809@menu
2810* Characters:: Character Constants
2811* Numbers:: Number Constants
2812@end menu
2813
2814@node Characters
2815@subsection Character Constants
2816
2817@cindex character constants
2818@cindex constants, character
2819There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2820for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2821numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2822@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2823used in arithmetic expressions.
2824
2825@menu
2826* Strings:: Strings
2827* Chars:: Characters
2828@end menu
2829
2830@node Strings
2831@subsubsection Strings
2832
2833@cindex string constants
2834@cindex constants, string
2835A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2836double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2837into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2838a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2839one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2840@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2841(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2842escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2843
2844@cindex escape codes, character
2845@cindex character escape codes
2846@table @kbd
2847@c @item \a
2848@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2849@c
2850@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2851@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2852@item \b
2853Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2854
2855@c @item \e
2856@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2857@c
2858@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2859@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2860@item \f
2861Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2862
2863@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2864@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2865@item \n
2866Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2867
2868@c @item \p
2869@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2870@c
2871@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2872@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2873@item \r
2874Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2875
2876@c @item \s
2877@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2878@c other assemblers.
2879@c
2880@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2881@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2882@item \t
2883Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2884
2885@c @item \v
2886@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2887@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2888@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2889@c
2890@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2891@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2892@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2893An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2894For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2895for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2896
2897@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2898@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2899@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2900A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2901lower case @code{x} works.
2902
2903@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2904@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2905@item \\
2906Represents one @samp{\} character.
2907
2908@c @item \'
2909@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2910@c This is needed in single character literals
2911@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2912@c a @samp{'}.
2913@c
2914@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2915@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2916@item \"
2917Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2918this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2919
2920@item \ @var{anything-else}
2921Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2922assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2923you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2924interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2925other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2926code and warns you of the fact.
2927@end table
2928
2929Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2930varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2931the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2932compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2933sequence.
2934
2935@node Chars
2936@subsubsection Characters
2937
2938@cindex single character constant
2939@cindex character, single
2940@cindex constant, single character
2941A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2942followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2943to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2944must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2945@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2946grave accent. A newline
2947@ifclear GENERIC
2948@ifclear abnormal-separator
2949(or semicolon @samp{;})
2950@end ifclear
2951@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2952@ifset H8
2953(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2954Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2955@end ifset
2956@end ifset
2957@end ifclear
2958immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2959and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2960constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2961that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2962@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2963
2964@node Numbers
2965@subsection Number Constants
2966
2967@cindex constants, number
2968@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2969@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2970are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2971would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2972integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2973are floating point numbers, described below.
2974
2975@menu
2976* Integers:: Integers
2977* Bignums:: Bignums
2978* Flonums:: Flonums
2979@ifclear GENERIC
2980@ifset I960
2981* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2982@end ifset
2983@end ifclear
2984@end menu
2985
2986@node Integers
2987@subsubsection Integers
2988@cindex integers
2989@cindex constants, integer
2990
2991@cindex binary integers
2992@cindex integers, binary
2993A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2994the binary digits @samp{01}.
2995
2996@cindex octal integers
2997@cindex integers, octal
2998An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2999digits (@samp{01234567}).
3000
3001@cindex decimal integers
3002@cindex integers, decimal
3003A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3004more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3005
3006@cindex hexadecimal integers
3007@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3008A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3009more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3010
3011Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3012the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3013(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3014
3015@node Bignums
3016@subsubsection Bignums
3017
3018@cindex bignums
3019@cindex constants, bignum
3020A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3021except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3022represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3023integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3024
3025@node Flonums
3026@subsubsection Flonums
3027@cindex flonums
3028@cindex floating point numbers
3029@cindex constants, floating point
3030
3031@cindex precision, floating point
3032A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3033indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3034@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3035sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3036to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3037portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3038
3039A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3040@itemize @bullet
3041@item
3042The digit @samp{0}.
3043@ifset HPPA
3044(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3045@end ifset
3046
3047@item
a4fb0134 3048A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3049@ifset GENERIC
3050@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3051@ignore
3052@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3053(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30544.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3055@end ignore
3056
7be1c489 3057On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3058and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3059one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3060
3061On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3062(in upper or lower case).
3063
3064On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3065one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3066
3067On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3068@end ifset
3069@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3070@ifset ARC
3071One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3072@end ifset
3073@ifset H8
3074One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3075@end ifset
3076@ifset HPPA
3077The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3078@end ifset
3079@ifset I960
3080One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3081@end ifset
3082@end ifclear
3083
3084@item
3085An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3086
3087@item
3088An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3089
3090@item
3091An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3092or more decimal digits.
3093
3094@item
3095An optional exponent, consisting of:
3096
3097@itemize @bullet
3098@item
3099An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3100@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3101@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3102@item
3103Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3104@item
3105One or more decimal digits.
3106@end itemize
3107
3108@end itemize
3109
3110At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3111present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3112
a4fb0134 3113@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3114independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3115@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3116
3117@ifclear GENERIC
3118@ifset I960
3119@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3120@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3121@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3122@node Bit Fields
3123@subsubsection Bit Fields
3124
3125@cindex bit fields
3126@cindex constants, bit field
3127You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3128Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3129@example
3130@var{mask}:@var{value}
3131@end example
3132@noindent
a4fb0134 3133@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3134@var{value}.
3135
3136The resulting number is then packed
3137@ifset GENERIC
3138@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3139(in host-dependent byte order)
3140@end ifset
3141into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3142bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3143requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3144more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3145least significant digits.@refill
3146
3147The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3148@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3149@end ifset
3150@end ifclear
3151
3152@node Sections
3153@chapter Sections and Relocation
3154@cindex sections
3155@cindex relocation
3156
3157@menu
3158* Secs Background:: Background
3159* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3160* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3161* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3162* bss:: bss Section
3163@end menu
3164
3165@node Secs Background
3166@section Background
3167
3168Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3169``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3170For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3171
3172@cindex linker, and assembler
3173@cindex assembler, and linker
3174The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3175combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3176emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3177@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3178different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3179oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3180sections.
3181
3182@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3183addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3184units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3185within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3186run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3187the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3188the proper run-time addresses.
3189@ifset H8
7be1c489 3190For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3191@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3192ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3193@end ifset
3194
3195@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3196An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3197of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3198@dfn{bss} sections.
3199
c1253627 3200@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3201@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3202When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3203@end ifset
a4fb0134 3204@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3205using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3206If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3207or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3208@end ifset
3209
3210@ifset HPPA
3211@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3212When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3213@end ifset
a4fb0134 3214@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3215specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3216@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3217(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3218assembler directives.
3219
3220@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3221Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3222text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3223is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3224BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3225@end ifset
3226@end ifset
3227
3228Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3229data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3230
3231@ifset HPPA
3232When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3233section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3234@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3235@end ifset
3236
3237To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3238relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3239object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3240@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3241file is mentioned:
3242@itemize @bullet
3243@item
3244Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3245an address?
3246@item
3247How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3248@item
3249Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3250@display
3251(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3252@end display
3253@item
3254Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3255@end itemize
3256
3257@cindex addresses, format of
3258@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3259In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3260@display
3261(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3262@end display
3263@noindent
a4fb0134 3264Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3265nature.
3266@ifset SOM
3267(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3268symbol-relative instead.)
3269@end ifset
3270
3271In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3272@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3273
3274Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3275@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3276addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3277@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3278@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3279data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3280their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3281part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3282address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3283
3284The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3285address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3286rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3287Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3288address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3289common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3290time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3291
3292By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3293the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3294sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3295customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3296the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3297data and bss sections.
3298
3299Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3300use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3301
3302@node Ld Sections
3303@section Linker Sections
3304@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3305
3306@table @strong
3307
c1253627 3308@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3309@cindex named sections
3310@cindex sections, named
3311@item named sections
3312@end ifset
3313@ifset aout-bout
3314@cindex text section
3315@cindex data section
3316@itemx text section
3317@itemx data section
3318@end ifset
a4fb0134 3319These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3320separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3321true of another.
3322@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3323When the program is running, however, it is
3324customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3325text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3326instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3327program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3328in the data section.
c1253627 3329@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3330
3331@cindex bss section
3332@item bss section
3333This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3334is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3335each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3336out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3337bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3338those explicit zeros from object files.
3339
3340@cindex absolute section
3341@item absolute section
3342Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3343This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3344not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3345addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3346
3347@cindex undefined section
3348@item undefined section
3349This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3350the preceding sections.
3351@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3352@end table
3353
3354@cindex relocation example
3355An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3356@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3357The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3358@end ifset
3359Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3360
3361@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3362@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3363@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3364@smallexample
3365 +-----+----+--+
3366partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3367 +-----+----+--+
3368
3369 text data bss
3370 seg. seg. seg.
3371
3372 +---+---+---+
3373partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3374 +---+---+---+
3375
3376 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3377linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3378 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3379
3380 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3381@end smallexample
3382@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3383@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3384@need 5000
3385@tex
c1253627 3386\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3387\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3388\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3389\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3390
3391\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3392\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3393\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3394
3395\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3396\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3397\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3398ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3399DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3400
3401\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3402\line{0\dots\hfil}
3403
3404@end tex
3405@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3406
3407@node As Sections
3408@section Assembler Internal Sections
3409
3410@cindex internal assembler sections
3411@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3412These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3413have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3414sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3415warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3416meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3417value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3418section-relative address.
3419
3420@table @b
3421@cindex assembler internal logic error
3422@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3423An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3424bug in the assembler.
3425
3426@cindex expr (internal section)
3427@item expr section
3428The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3429symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3430it in the expr section.
3431@c FIXME item debug
3432@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3433@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3434@c FIXME item register
3435@end table
3436
3437@node Sub-Sections
3438@section Sub-Sections
3439
3440@cindex numbered subsections
3441@cindex grouping data
3442@ifset aout-bout
3443Assembled bytes
c1253627 3444@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3445conventionally
3446@end ifset
3447fall into two sections: text and data.
3448@end ifset
3449You may have separate groups of
3450@ifset GENERIC
3451data in named sections
3452@end ifset
3453@ifclear GENERIC
3454@ifclear aout-bout
3455data in named sections
3456@end ifclear
3457@ifset aout-bout
3458text or data
3459@end ifset
3460@end ifclear
3461that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3462are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3463use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3464numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3465same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3466subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3467section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3468assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3469section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3470constants being output.
3471
3472Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3473goes in subsection number zero.
3474
3475@ifset GENERIC
3476Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3477(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3478of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3479@end ifset
3480@ifclear GENERIC
3481@ifset H8
7be1c489 3482On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3483boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3484The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3485@end ifset
3486@ifset I960
3487@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3488@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3489@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3490@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3491@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3492@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3493@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3494@end ifclear
3495
3496Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3497to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3498The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3499other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3500They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3501data subsections as a data section.
3502
3503To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3504into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3505@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3506@ifset COFF
252b5132 3507@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3508When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3509@end ifset
3510@ifclear GENERIC
3511You
3512@end ifclear
3513can also use an extra subsection
3514argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3515@var{expression}}.
3516@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3517@ifset ELF
3518@ifset GENERIC
3519When generating ELF output, you
3520@end ifset
3521@ifclear GENERIC
3522You
3523@end ifclear
3524can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3525to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3526@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3527@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3528(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3529is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3530begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3531@smallexample
3532.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3533.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3534.text 1
3535.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3536.data 0
3537.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3538.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3539.text 0
3540.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3541.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3542@end smallexample
3543
3544Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3545assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3546restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3547counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3548@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3549current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3550assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3551
3552@node bss
3553@section bss Section
3554
3555@cindex bss section
3556@cindex common variable storage
3557The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3558You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3559not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3560your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3561section are zeroed bytes.
3562
3563The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3564@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3565
3566The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3567another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3568
3569@ifset GENERIC
3570When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3571COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3572see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3573section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3574@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3575@end ifset
3576
3577@node Symbols
3578@chapter Symbols
3579
3580@cindex symbols
3581Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3582things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3583to debug.
3584
3585@quotation
3586@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3587@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3588the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3589@end quotation
3590
3591@menu
3592* Labels:: Labels
3593* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3594* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3595* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3596* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3597@end menu
3598
3599@node Labels
3600@section Labels
3601
3602@cindex labels
3603A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3604@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3605active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3606operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3607different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3608definitions.
3609
3610@ifset HPPA
3611On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3612colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3613a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3614provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3615@end ifset
3616
3617@node Setting Symbols
3618@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3619
3620@cindex assigning values to symbols
3621@cindex symbol values, assigning
3622A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3623by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3624(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3625directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3626equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3627@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3628
f8739b83
JZ
3629@ifset Blackfin
3630Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3631@end ifset
3632
252b5132
RH
3633@node Symbol Names
3634@section Symbol Names
3635
3636@cindex symbol names
3637@cindex names, symbol
3638@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3639Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3640machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3641noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3642string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3643particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3644@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3645@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3646@ifset H8
3647Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3648Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3649character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3650on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3651@end ifset
3652@end ifset
3653
3654Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3655than @code{Foo}.
3656
7bfd842d
NC
3657Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3658multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3659@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3660currently supported.
3661
252b5132
RH
3662Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3663refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3664in a program.
3665
3666@subheading Local Symbol Names
3667
3668@cindex local symbol names
3669@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3670A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3671By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3672@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3673set of local label prefixes.
3674@ifset HPPA
3675On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3676@end ifset
3677
3678Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3679normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3680You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3681to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3682
3683@subheading Local Labels
3684
3685@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3686@cindex temporary symbol names
3687@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3688Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3689They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3690the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3691To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3692represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3693definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3694you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3695@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3696for ``forwards''.
3697
3698There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3699too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3700the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3701defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3702definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3703noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3704implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3705
3706Here is an example:
3707
3708@smallexample
37091: branch 1f
37102: branch 1b
37111: branch 2f
37122: branch 1b
3713@end smallexample
3714
3715Which is the equivalent of:
3716
3717@smallexample
3718label_1: branch label_3
3719label_2: branch label_1
3720label_3: branch label_4
3721label_4: branch label_3
3722@end smallexample
3723
ba83aca1 3724Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3725transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3726The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3727are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3728these parts:
252b5132
RH
3729
3730@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3731@item @emph{local label prefix}
3732All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3733Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3734that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3735used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3736@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3737object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3738you may use them in debugging.
3739
2d5aaba0
NC
3740@item @var{number}
3741This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3742label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3743
2d5aaba0
NC
3744@item @kbd{C-B}
3745This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3746of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3747
3748@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3749This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3750@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3751number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3752the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3753@end table
3754
ba83aca1
BW
3755So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3756the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3757
3758@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3759@cindex dollar local symbols
3760
3761@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3762dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3763soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3764region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3765scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3766the same local label.
3767
3768Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3769except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3770@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3771
3772They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3773names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3774to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3775@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3776
3777@node Dot
3778@section The Special Dot Symbol
3779
3780@cindex dot (symbol)
3781@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3782@cindex current address
3783@cindex location counter
3784The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3785@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3786.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3787Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3788directive.
252b5132 3789@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3790Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3791@samp{.space 4}.
3792@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3793
3794@node Symbol Attributes
3795@section Symbol Attributes
3796
3797@cindex symbol attributes
3798@cindex attributes, symbol
3799Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3800``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3801attributes.
3802@ifset INTERNALS
3803The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3804@end ifset
3805
a4fb0134 3806If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3807all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3808symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3809would want.
3810
3811@menu
3812* Symbol Value:: Value
3813* Symbol Type:: Type
3814@ifset aout-bout
3815@ifset GENERIC
3816* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3817@end ifset
3818@ifclear GENERIC
3819@ifclear BOUT
3820* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3821@end ifclear
3822@ifset BOUT
3823* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3824@end ifset
3825@end ifclear
3826@end ifset
3827@ifset COFF
3828* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3829@end ifset
3830@ifset SOM
3831* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3832@end ifset
3833@end menu
3834
3835@node Symbol Value
3836@subsection Value
3837
3838@cindex value of a symbol
3839@cindex symbol value
3840The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3841location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3842number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3843Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3844as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3845symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3846called absolute.
3847
3848The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38490 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3850@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3851same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3852name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3853common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3854bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3855allocated storage.
3856
3857@node Symbol Type
3858@subsection Type
3859
3860@cindex type of a symbol
3861@cindex symbol type
3862The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3863information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3864(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3865format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3866
3867@ifset aout-bout
3868@ifclear GENERIC
3869@ifset BOUT
3870@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3871@c better if it were available outside examples.
3872@need 1000
3873@node a.out Symbols
3874@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3875
3876@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3877@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3878These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3879one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3880@code{b.out}.
3881
3882@end ifset
3883@ifclear BOUT
3884@node a.out Symbols
3885@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3886
3887@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3888@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3889
3890@end ifclear
3891@end ifclear
3892@ifset GENERIC
3893@node a.out Symbols
3894@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3895
3896@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3897@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3898
3899@end ifset
3900@menu
3901* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3902* Symbol Other:: Other
3903@end menu
3904
3905@node Symbol Desc
3906@subsubsection Descriptor
3907
3908@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3909This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3910descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3911(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3912@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3913
3914@node Symbol Other
3915@subsubsection Other
3916
3917@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3918This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3919@end ifset
3920
3921@ifset COFF
3922@node COFF Symbols
3923@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3924
3925@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3926@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3927
3928The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3929like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3930@code{.endef} directives.
3931
3932@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3933
3934@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3935The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3936respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3937
3938@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3939
3940@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3941The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3942@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3943table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3944@end ifset
3945
3946@ifset SOM
3947@node SOM Symbols
3948@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3949
3950@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3951@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3952
3953The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3954the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3955
01642c12 3956The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3957Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3958@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3959@end ifset
3960
3961@node Expressions
3962@chapter Expressions
3963
3964@cindex expressions
3965@cindex addresses
3966@cindex numeric values
3967An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3968Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3969
3970The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3971a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3972enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3973section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3974the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3975@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3976
3977@menu
3978* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3979* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3980@end menu
3981
3982@node Empty Exprs
3983@section Empty Expressions
3984
3985@cindex empty expressions
3986@cindex expressions, empty
3987An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3988Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3989expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3990is compatible with other assemblers.
3991
3992@node Integer Exprs
3993@section Integer Expressions
3994
3995@cindex integer expressions
3996@cindex expressions, integer
3997An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3998by @emph{operators}.
3999
4000@menu
4001* Arguments:: Arguments
4002* Operators:: Operators
4003* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4004* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4005@end menu
4006
4007@node Arguments
4008@subsection Arguments
4009
4010@cindex expression arguments
4011@cindex arguments in expressions
4012@cindex operands in expressions
4013@cindex arithmetic operands
4014@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4015contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4016this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4017the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4018expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4019instruction operands.
4020
4021Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4022@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4023or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4024integer.
4025
4026Numbers are usually integers.
4027
4028A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4029that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4030these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4031instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4032assemblers.
4033
4034@cindex subexpressions
4035Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4036expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4037operator followed by an argument.
4038
4039@node Operators
4040@subsection Operators
4041
4042@cindex operators, in expressions
4043@cindex arithmetic functions
4044@cindex functions, in expressions
4045@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4046operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4047between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4048whitespace.
4049
4050@node Prefix Ops
4051@subsection Prefix Operator
4052
4053@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4054@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4055one argument, which must be absolute.
4056
4057@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4058@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4059@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4060@tex
4061\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4062@end tex
4063
4064@table @code
4065@item -
4066@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4067@item ~
4068@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4069@end table
4070
4071@tex
4072\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4073@end tex
4074
4075@node Infix Ops
4076@subsection Infix Operators
4077
4078@cindex infix operators
4079@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4080@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4081have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4082to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4083absolute, and the result is absolute.
4084
4085@enumerate
4086@cindex operator precedence
4087@cindex precedence of operators
4088
4089@item
4090Highest Precedence
4091
4092@table @code
4093@item *
4094@dfn{Multiplication}.
4095
4096@item /
4097@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4098
4099@item %
4100@dfn{Remainder}.
4101
d1eac9d9 4102@item <<
252b5132
RH
4103@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4104
d1eac9d9 4105@item >>
252b5132
RH
4106@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4107@end table
4108
4109@item
4110Intermediate precedence
4111
4112@table @code
4113@item |
4114
4115@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4116
4117@item &
4118@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4119
4120@item ^
4121@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4122
4123@item !
4124@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4125@end table
4126
4127@item
b131d4dc 4128Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4129
4130@table @code
4131@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4132@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4133@cindex arguments for addition
4134@item +
4135@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4136the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4137sections.
4138
4139@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4140@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4141@cindex arguments for subtraction
4142@item -
4143@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4144result has the section of the left argument.
4145If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4146You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4147@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4148
4149@cindex comparison expressions
4150@cindex expressions, comparison
4151@item ==
4152@dfn{Is Equal To}
4153@item <>
723a8472 4154@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4155@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4156@item <
4157@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4158@item >
b131d4dc 4159@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4160@item >=
b131d4dc 4161@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4162@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4163@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4164
4165The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4166value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4167perform signed comparisons.
4168@end table
4169
4170@item Lowest Precedence
4171
4172@table @code
4173@item &&
4174@dfn{Logical And}.
4175
4176@item ||
4177@dfn{Logical Or}.
4178
4179These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4180expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4181value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4182or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4183
252b5132
RH
4184@end table
4185@end enumerate
4186
4187In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4188address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4189
4190@node Pseudo Ops
4191@chapter Assembler Directives
4192
4193@cindex directives, machine independent
4194@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4195@cindex machine independent directives
4196All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4197The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4198
4199This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4200target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4201@ifset GENERIC
4202Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4203@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4204@end ifset
4205@ifclear GENERIC
4206@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4207@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4208@end ifset
4209@end ifclear
4210
4211@menu
4212* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4213@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4214* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4215@end ifset
f0dc282c 4216
252b5132 4217* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4218* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4219* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4220* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4221* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4222* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4223* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4224* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4225* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4226* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4227@ifset COFF
4228* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4229@end ifset
4230@ifset aout-bout
4231* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4232@end ifset
4233@ifset COFF
4234* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4235@end ifset
f0dc282c 4236
252b5132
RH
4237* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4238* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4239* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4240* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4241* End:: @code{.end}
4242@ifset COFF
4243* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4244@end ifset
f0dc282c 4245
252b5132
RH
4246* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4247* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4248* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4249* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4250* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4251* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4252* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4253* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4254* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4255* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4256* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4257* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4258* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4259* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4260* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4261@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4262* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4263* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4264@end ifset
f0dc282c 4265
252b5132
RH
4266* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4267* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4268* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4269* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4270* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4271* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4272@ifset ELF
4273* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132
RH
4276* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4277* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4278* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4279* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4280@ifclear no-line-dir
4281* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4282@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4283
252b5132
RH
4284* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4285* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4286* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4287* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4288* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4289@ifset ELF
4290* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4291@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4292
252b5132
RH
4293* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4294@ignore
4295* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4296@end ignore
f0dc282c 4297
252b5132
RH
4298* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4299* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4300* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4301* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4302* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4303* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4304* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4305* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4306@ifset ELF
4307* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4308* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4309@end ifset
f0dc282c 4310
252b5132 4311* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4312@ifset ELF
4313* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4314@end ifset
f0dc282c 4315
252b5132
RH
4316* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4317* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4318@ifset ELF
4319* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4320@end ifset
f0dc282c 4321
252b5132 4322* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4323* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4324* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4325* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4326@ifset COFF
4327* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4328@end ifset
4329@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4330* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4331@end ifset
f0dc282c 4332
252b5132
RH
4333* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4334* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4335* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4336@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4337* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4338@end ifset
884f0d36 4339@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4340* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4341@end ifclear
4342
252b5132 4343* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4344@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4345* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4346@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4347@ifset have-stabs
4348* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4349@end ifset
f0dc282c 4350
38a57ae7 4351* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4352* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4353@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4354* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4355* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4356@end ifset
f0dc282c 4357
252b5132
RH
4358@ifset COFF
4359* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4363* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4364@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4365* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4366@end ifset
4367
c91d2e08 4368* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4369@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4370* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4371@end ifset
f0dc282c 4372
2e13b764 4373@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4374* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4375* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4376* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4377@end ifset
f0dc282c 4378
d190d046 4379* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4380* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4381* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4382* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4383* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4384@end menu
4385
4386@node Abort
4387@section @code{.abort}
4388
4389@cindex @code{abort} directive
4390@cindex stopping the assembly
4391This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4392compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4393assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4394of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4395quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4396
4397@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4398@node ABORT (COFF)
4399@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4400
4401@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4402When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4403synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4404
4405@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4406When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4407but ignores it.
4408@end ifset
4409@end ifset
4410
4411@node Align
4412@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4413
4414@cindex padding the location counter
4415@cindex @code{align} directive
4416Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4417boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4418required, as described below.
4419
4420The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4421padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4422padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4423marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4424with no-op instructions.
4425
4426The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4427it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4428directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4429specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4430fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4431required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4432with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4433
4434The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4435For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4436s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4437alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4438the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4439is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4440first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4441
9e9a9798 4442For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4443strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4444number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4445advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4446counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4447multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4448
4449This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4450native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4451GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4452described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4453architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4454
ccf8a69b
BW
4455@node Altmacro
4456@section @code{.altmacro}
4457Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4458
4459@ftable @code
4460@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4461One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4462generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4463replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4464replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4465separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4466define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4467
4468@item String delimiters
4469You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4470@code{"@var{string}"}:
4471
4472@table @code
4473@item '@var{string}'
4474You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4475
4476@item <@var{string}>
4477You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4478@end table
4479
4480@item single-character string escape
4481To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4482character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4483character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4484write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4485
4486@item Expression results as strings
4487You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4488and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4489@end ftable
4490
252b5132
RH
4491@node Ascii
4492@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4493
4494@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4495@cindex string literals
4496@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4497separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4498trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4499
4500@node Asciz
4501@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4502
4503@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4504@cindex zero-terminated strings
4505@cindex null-terminated strings
4506@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4507a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4508
4509@node Balign
4510@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4511
4512@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4513@cindex @code{balign} directive
4514Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4515storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4516alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4517the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4518is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4519
4520The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4521padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4522padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4523marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4524with no-op instructions.
4525
4526The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4527it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4528directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4529specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4530fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4531required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4532with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4533
4534@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4535@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4536The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4537@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4538pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4539fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45404,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4541filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4542the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4543undefined.
4544
fa94de6b 4545@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4546@section Bundle directives
4547@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4548@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4549@cindex bundle
4550@cindex instruction bundle
4551@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4552@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4553bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4554into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4555disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4556gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4557@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4558
4559For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4560certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4561instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4562@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4563chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4564effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4565instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4566that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4567end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4568starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4569instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4570
d3b47e2b 4571@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4572@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4573@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4574The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4575allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4576are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4577aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4578@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4579directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4580
4581@cindex bundle-locked
4582For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4583appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4584instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4585and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4586instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4587sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4588@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4589entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4590boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4591first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4592aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4593bundle size.
4594
d416e51d
RM
4595For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4596inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4597nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4598@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4599matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4600same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4601
252b5132
RH
4602@node Byte
4603@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4604
4605@cindex @code{byte} directive
4606@cindex integers, one byte
4607@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4608Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4609
54cfded0 4610@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4611@section CFI directives
4612@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4613@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4614@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4615should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4616If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4617if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4618To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4619directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4620
d3b47e2b 4621@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4622@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4623@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4624should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4625data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4626@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4627
01642c12 4628Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4629it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4630
d3b47e2b 4631@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4632@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4633@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4634unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4635@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4636
d3b47e2b 4637@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4638@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4639@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4640should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4641argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4642a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4643the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4644can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4645The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4646no personality routine.
4647
d3b47e2b 4648@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4649@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4650@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4651should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4652argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4653or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4654no LSDA.
4655
d3b47e2b 4656@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4657@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4658address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4659
d3b47e2b 4660@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4661@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4662now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4663remains the same.
4664
d3b47e2b 4665@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4666@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4667remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4668absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4669CFA address.
4670
d3b47e2b 4671@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4672Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4673value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4674
d3b47e2b 4675@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4676Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4677CFA.
54cfded0 4678
d3b47e2b 4679@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4680Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4681the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4682using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4683This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4684code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4685
d3b47e2b 4686@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4687Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4688
d3b47e2b 4689@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4690@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4691same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4692instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4693
d3b47e2b 4694@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4695From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4696
d3b47e2b 4697@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4698Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4699i.e. no restoration needed.
4700
d3b47e2b 4701@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4702First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4703then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4704everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4705the previous saved state.
4706
d3b47e2b 4707@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4708Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4709directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4710
d3b47e2b 4711@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4712Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4713
d3b47e2b 4714@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4715SPARC register window has been saved.
4716
d3b47e2b 4717@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4718Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4719might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4720opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4721
d3b47e2b 4722@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4723The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4724will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4725description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4726
4727The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4728limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4729mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4730by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4731or another register.
4732
ccf8a69b
BW
4733@node Comm
4734@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4735
ccf8a69b
BW
4736@cindex @code{comm} directive
4737@cindex symbol, common
4738@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4739common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4740of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4741definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4742allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4743absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4744the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4745using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4746
c1711530
DK
4747@ifset COFF-ELF
4748When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4749an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4750specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4751that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4752as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4753boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4754power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4755common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4756alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4757largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4758maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4759is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4760@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4761multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4762It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4763(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4764@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4765
ccf8a69b
BW
4766@ifset HPPA
4767The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4768@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4769@end ifset
07a53e5c 4770
252b5132
RH
4771@node Data
4772@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4773
4774@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4775@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4776end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4777absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4778to zero.
4779
4780@ifset COFF
4781@node Def
4782@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4783
4784@cindex @code{def} directive
4785@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4786@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4787Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4788definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4789@ifset BOUT
4790
a4fb0134 4791This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4792format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4793but ignored.
4794@end ifset
4795@end ifset
4796
4797@ifset aout-bout
4798@node Desc
4799@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4800
4801@cindex @code{desc} directive
4802@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4803@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4804This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4805to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4806
4807@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4808The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4809configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4810object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4811it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4812@end ifset
4813@end ifset
4814
4815@ifset COFF
4816@node Dim
4817@section @code{.dim}
4818
4819@cindex @code{dim} directive
4820@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4821@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4822This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4823information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4824@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4825@ifset BOUT
4826
4827@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4828@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4829ignores it.
4830@end ifset
4831@end ifset
4832
4833@node Double
4834@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4835
4836@cindex @code{double} directive
4837@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4838@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4839assembles floating point numbers.
4840@ifset GENERIC
4841The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4842@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4843@end ifset
4844@ifclear GENERIC
4845@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4846On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4847in @sc{ieee} format.
4848@end ifset
4849@end ifclear
4850
4851@node Eject
4852@section @code{.eject}
4853
4854@cindex @code{eject} directive
4855@cindex new page, in listings
4856@cindex page, in listings
4857@cindex listing control: new page
4858Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4859
4860@node Else
4861@section @code{.else}
4862
4863@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4864@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4865assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4866of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4867was false.
4868
3fd9f047
TW
4869@node Elseif
4870@section @code{.elseif}
4871
4872@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4873@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4874assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4875@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4876
252b5132
RH
4877@node End
4878@section @code{.end}
4879
4880@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4881@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4882process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4883
4884@ifset COFF
4885@node Endef
4886@section @code{.endef}
4887
4888@cindex @code{endef} directive
4889This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4890@code{.def}.
4891@ifset BOUT
4892
4893@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4894@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4895directive but ignores it.
4896@end ifset
4897@end ifset
4898
4899@node Endfunc
4900@section @code{.endfunc}
4901@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4902@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4903
4904@node Endif
4905@section @code{.endif}
4906
4907@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4908@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4909it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4910conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4911
4912@node Equ
4913@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4914
4915@cindex @code{equ} directive
4916@cindex assigning values to symbols
4917@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4918This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4919It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4920
4921@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4922The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4923@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4924@end ifset
4925
3c9b82ba 4926@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4927The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4928@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4929On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4930but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4931Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4932@end ifset
4933
252b5132
RH
4934@node Equiv
4935@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4936@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4937The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4938the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4939symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4940undefined.
252b5132 4941
01642c12 4942Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4943@smallexample
4944.ifdef SYM
4945.err
4946.endif
4947.equ SYM,VAL
4948@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4949plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4950
4951@node Eqv
4952@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4953@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4954The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4955evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4956the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4957value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4958
4959@node Err
4960@section @code{.err}
4961@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4962If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4963message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4964object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4965
d190d046
HPN
4966@node Error
4967@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4968@cindex error directive
4969
4970Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4971string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4972message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4973@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4974
4975@smallexample
4976 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4977@end smallexample
4978
252b5132
RH
4979@node Exitm
4980@section @code{.exitm}
4981Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4982
4983@node Extern
4984@section @code{.extern}
4985
4986@cindex @code{extern} directive
4987@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4988with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4989all undefined symbols as external.
4990
4991@node Fail
4992@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4993
4994@cindex @code{fail} directive
4995Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4996or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4997than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4998include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4999complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5000
252b5132 5001@node File
14082c76 5002@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5003@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5004
5005@ifclear no-file-dir
5006There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5007that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5008@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5009
5010@subheading Default Version
5011
252b5132
RH
5012@cindex logical file name
5013@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5014This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5015are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5016
5017@smallexample
5018.file @var{string}
5019@end smallexample
5020
5021@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5022recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5023to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5024statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5025old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5026
5027@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5028@end ifclear
5029
14082c76
BW
5030When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5031to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5032
5033@smallexample
5034.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5035@end smallexample
5036
5037The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5038index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5039literal.
5040
5041The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5042table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5043information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5044entries will have.
5045
252b5132
RH
5046@node Fill
5047@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5048
5049@cindex @code{fill} directive
5050@cindex writing patterns in memory
5051@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5052@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5053This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5054may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5055more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5056other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5057is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5058zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5059byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5060Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5061@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5062compatible with other people's assemblers.
5063
5064@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5065If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5066assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5067@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5068
5069@node Float
5070@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5071
5072@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5073@cindex @code{float} directive
5074This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5075has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5076@ifset GENERIC
5077The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5078@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5079@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5080@end ifset
5081@ifclear GENERIC
5082@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5083On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5084in @sc{ieee} format.
5085@end ifset
5086@end ifclear
5087
5088@node Func
5089@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5090@cindex @code{func} directive
5091@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5092is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5093Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5094@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5095prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5096@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5097All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5098The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5099
5100@node Global
5101@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5102
5103@cindex @code{global} directive
5104@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5105@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5106@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5107other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5108@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5109from another file linked into the same program.
5110
5111Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5112compatibility with other assemblers.
5113
5114@ifset HPPA
5115On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5116partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5117@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5118@end ifset
5119
c91d2e08 5120@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5121@node Gnu_attribute
5122@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5123Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5124
c91d2e08
NC
5125@node Hidden
5126@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5127
c1253627
NC
5128@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5129@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5130This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5131@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5132@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5133
5134This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5135their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5136@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5137Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5138@end ifset
5139
252b5132
RH
5140@node hword
5141@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5142
5143@cindex @code{hword} directive
5144@cindex integers, 16-bit
5145@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5146@cindex sixteen bit integers
5147This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5148a 16 bit number for each.
5149
5150@ifset GENERIC
5151This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5152architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5153@end ifset
5154@ifclear GENERIC
5155@ifset W32
5156This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5157@end ifset
5158@ifset W16
5159This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5160@end ifset
5161@end ifclear
5162
5163@node Ident
5164@section @code{.ident}
5165
5166@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5167
5168This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5169behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5170a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5171source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5172for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5173@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5174emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5175
5176@node If
5177@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5178
5179@cindex conditional assembly
5180@cindex @code{if} directive
5181@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5182considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5183(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5184the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5185(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5186alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5187If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5188nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5189
5190The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5191@table @code
5192@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5193@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5194Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5195has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5196is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5197
26aca5f6
JB
5198@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5199@item .ifb @var{text}
5200Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5201
252b5132
RH
5202@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5203@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5204Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5205strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5206the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5207end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5208string comparison is case sensitive.
5209
5210@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5211@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5212Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5213
5214@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5215@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5216Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5217
5218@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5219@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5220Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5221equal to zero.
5222
5223@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5224@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5225Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5226
5227@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5228@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5229Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5230to zero.
5231
5232@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5233@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5234Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5235
26aca5f6
JB
5236@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5237@item .ifnb @var{text}
5238Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5239following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5240
252b5132
RH
5241@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5242@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5243Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5244following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5245
5246@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5247@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5248@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5249@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5250Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5251has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5252which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5253
5254@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5255@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5256Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5257(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5258
5259@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5260@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5261Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5262following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5263@end table
5264
7e005732
NC
5265@node Incbin
5266@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5267
5268@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5269@cindex binary files, including
5270The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5271location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5272option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5273around @var{file}.
5274
5275The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5276@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5277read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5278responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5279after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5280
252b5132
RH
5281@node Include
5282@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5283
5284@cindex @code{include} directive
5285@cindex supporting files, including
5286@cindex files, including
5287This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5288points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5289if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5290included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5291can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5292(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5293around @var{file}.
5294
5295@node Int
5296@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5297
5298@cindex @code{int} directive
5299@cindex integers, 32-bit
5300Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5301For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5302expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5303of target the assembly is for.
5304
5305@ifclear GENERIC
5306@ifset H8
7be1c489 5307On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5308integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
530932-bit integers.
5310@end ifset
5311@end ifclear
5312
c91d2e08
NC
5313@ifset ELF
5314@node Internal
5315@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5316
c1253627
NC
5317@cindex @code{internal} directive
5318@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5319This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5320@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5321@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5322
5323This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5324their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5325@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5326(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5327processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5328@end ifset
5329
252b5132
RH
5330@node Irp
5331@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5332
5333@cindex @code{irp} directive
5334Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5335The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5336terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5337set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5338@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5339@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5340sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5341
5342For example, assembling
5343
5344@example
5345 .irp param,1,2,3
5346 move d\param,sp@@-
5347 .endr
5348@end example
5349
5350is equivalent to assembling
5351
5352@example
5353 move d1,sp@@-
5354 move d2,sp@@-
5355 move d3,sp@@-
5356@end example
5357
96e9638b 5358For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5359
252b5132
RH
5360@node Irpc
5361@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5362
5363@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5364Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5365The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5366terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5367@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5368assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5369assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5370@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5371
5372For example, assembling
5373
5374@example
5375 .irpc param,123
5376 move d\param,sp@@-
5377 .endr
5378@end example
5379
5380is equivalent to assembling
5381
5382@example
5383 move d1,sp@@-
5384 move d2,sp@@-
5385 move d3,sp@@-
5386@end example
5387
5e75c3ab
JB
5388For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5389at @xref{Macro}.
5390
252b5132
RH
5391@node Lcomm
5392@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5393
5394@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5395@cindex local common symbols
5396@cindex symbols, local common
5397Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5398denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5399those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5400section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5401is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5402not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5403
5404@ifset GENERIC
5405Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5406argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5407@end ifset
5408
5409@ifset HPPA
5410The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5411@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5412@end ifset
5413
5414@node Lflags
5415@section @code{.lflags}
5416
5417@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5418@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5419assemblers, but ignores it.
5420
5421@ifclear no-line-dir
5422@node Line
5423@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5424
5425@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5426@cindex logical line number
5427@ifset aout-bout
5428Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5429expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5430statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5431reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5432@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5433for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5434@end ifset
5435
252b5132 5436Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5437@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5438when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5439were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5440@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5441
5442Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5443used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5444debugging.
5445@end ifclear
5446
5447@node Linkonce
5448@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5449@cindex COMDAT
5450@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5451@cindex common sections
5452Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5453This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5454but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5455The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5456Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5457unique.
5458
5459This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5460writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5461Executable format used on Windows NT.
5462
5463The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5464following strings. For example:
5465@smallexample
5466.linkonce same_size
5467@end smallexample
5468Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5469
5470@table @code
5471@item discard
5472Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5473
5474@item one_only
5475Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5476
5477@item same_size
5478Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5479
5480@item same_contents
5481Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5482@end table
5483
ccf8a69b
BW
5484@node List
5485@section @code{.list}
5486
5487@cindex @code{list} directive
5488@cindex listing control, turning on
5489Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5490not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5491internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5492counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5493generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5494
5495By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5496@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5497the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5498
252b5132
RH
5499@node Ln
5500@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5501
5502@cindex @code{ln} directive
5503@ifclear no-line-dir
5504@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5505@end ifclear
5506@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5507Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5508must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5509line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5510statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5511line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5512@ifset BOUT
5513
a4fb0134 5514This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5515configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5516output format.
5517@end ifset
5518@end ifset
5519
ccf8a69b
BW
5520@node Loc
5521@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5522@cindex @code{loc} directive
5523When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5524the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5525number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5526instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5527arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5528the row is added.
252b5132 5529
ccf8a69b
BW
5530The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5531
5532@table @code
5533@item basic_block
5534This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5535@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5536
5537@item prologue_end
5538This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5539@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5540
5541@item epilogue_begin
5542This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5543@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5544
5545@item is_stmt @var{value}
5546This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5547@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5548either 0 or 1.
5549
5550@item isa @var{value}
5551This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5552state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5553
92846e72
CC
5554@item discriminator @var{value}
5555This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5556state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5557
ccf8a69b
BW
5558@end table
5559
5560@node Loc_mark_labels
5561@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5562@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5563When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5564the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5565to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5566register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5567The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5568this function respectively.
252b5132 5569
4d4175af
BW
5570@ifset ELF
5571@node Local
5572@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5573
5574@cindex @code{local} directive
5575This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5576the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5577will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5578they will be created.
5579
5580For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5581accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5582the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5583(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5584@end ifset
5585
252b5132
RH
5586@node Long
5587@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5588
5589@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5590@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5591
5592@ignore
5593@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5594@c what it really ought to do
5595@node Lsym
5596@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5597
5598@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5599@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5600@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5601the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5602rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5603the same as the expression value:
5604@smallexample
5605@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5606@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5607@var{value} = @var{expression}
5608@end smallexample
5609@noindent
5610The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5611@end ignore
5612
5613@node Macro
5614@section @code{.macro}
5615
5616@cindex macros
5617The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5618generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5619@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5620
5621@example
5622 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5623 .long \from
5624 .if \to-\from
5625 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5626 .endif
5627 .endm
5628@end example
5629
5630@noindent
5631With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5632
5633@example
5634 .long 0
5635 .long 1
5636 .long 2
5637 .long 3
5638 .long 4
5639 .long 5
5640@end example
5641
5642@ftable @code
5643@item .macro @var{macname}
5644@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5645@cindex @code{macro} directive
5646Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5647definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5648separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5649indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5650@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5651(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5652macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5653cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5654subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5655definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5656
5657@table @code
5658@item .macro comm
5659Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5660arguments.
5661
6258339f 5662@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5663@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5664Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5665which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5666@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5667
5668@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5669Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5670arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5671After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5672@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5673@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5674,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5675@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5676
6eaeac8a
JB
5677@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5678Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5679arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5680not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5681will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5682
252b5132
RH
5683When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5684position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5685@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5686
6258339f
NC
5687@end table
5688
5e75c3ab
JB
5689Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5690as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5691occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5692characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5693(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5694architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5695character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5696replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5697construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5698identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5699this macro definition:
5700
5701@example
5702 .macro label l
5703\l:
5704 .endm
5705@end example
5706
5707might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5708called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5709assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5710identifier.
5711
5712Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5713which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5714for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5715length specifier like this:
5716
5717@example
5718 .macro opcode base length
5719 \base.\length
5720 .endm
5721@end example
5722
5723and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5724instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5725interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5726
5727There are several possible ways around this problem:
5728
5729@table @code
5730@item Insert white space
5731If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5732solution. eg:
5733
5734@example
5735 .macro label l
5736\l :
5737 .endm
5738@end example
5739
5740@item Use @samp{\()}
5741The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5742the following text. eg:
5743
5744@example
5745 .macro opcode base length
5746 \base\().\length
5747 .endm
5748@end example
5749
5750@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5751In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5752used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5753
5754@example
5755 .altmacro
5756 .macro label l
5757l&:
5758 .endm
5759@end example
6258339f 5760@end table
5e75c3ab 5761
96e9638b 5762Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5763also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5764and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5765
252b5132
RH
5766@item .endm
5767@cindex @code{endm} directive
5768Mark the end of a macro definition.
5769
5770@item .exitm
5771@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5772Exit early from the current macro definition.
5773
5774@cindex number of macros executed
5775@cindex macros, count executed
5776@item \@@
a4fb0134 5777@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5778executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5779output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5780
252b5132
RH
5781@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5782@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5783macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5784@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5785@end ftable
252b5132 5786
ccf8a69b
BW
5787@node MRI
5788@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5789
ccf8a69b
BW
5790@cindex @code{mri} directive
5791@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5792If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5793@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5794affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5795of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5796
caa32fe5
NC
5797@node Noaltmacro
5798@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5799Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5800
252b5132
RH
5801@node Nolist
5802@section @code{.nolist}
5803
5804@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5805@cindex listing control, turning off
5806Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5807not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5808internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5809counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5810generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5811
5812@node Octa
5813@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5814
5815@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5816@cindex @code{octa} directive
5817@cindex integer, 16-byte
5818@cindex sixteen byte integer
5819This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5820bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5821
5822The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5823hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5824
9aec2026
NC
5825@node Offset
5826@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5827
5828@cindex @code{offset} directive
5829Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5830be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5831symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5832directive.
9aec2026 5833
252b5132
RH
5834@node Org
5835@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5836
5837@cindex @code{org} directive
5838@cindex location counter, advancing
5839@cindex advancing location counter
5840@cindex current address, advancing
5841Advance the location counter of the current section to
5842@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5843expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5844you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5845wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5846with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5847@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5848is the same as the current subsection.
5849
5850@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5851unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5852backwards.
5853
5854@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5855@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5856@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5857Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5858may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5859a chance to share your improved assembler.
5860
5861Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5862to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5863people's assemblers.
5864
5865When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5866intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5867absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5868@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5869
5870@node P2align
5871@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5872
5873@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5874@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5875Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5876storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5877number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5878advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5879counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5880multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5881
5882The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5883padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5884padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5885marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5886with no-op instructions.
5887
5888The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5889it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5890directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5891specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5892fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5893required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5894with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5895
5896@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5897@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5898The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5899@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5900pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5901fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59022,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5903filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5904the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5905undefined.
5906
ccf8a69b
BW
5907@ifset ELF
5908@node PopSection
5909@section @code{.popsection}
5910
5911@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5912@cindex Section Stack
5913This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5914@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5915@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5916(@pxref{Previous}).
5917
5918This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5919section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5920stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5921@end ifset
5922
c91d2e08
NC
5923@ifset ELF
5924@node Previous
5925@section @code{.previous}
5926
c1253627 5927@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5928@cindex Section Stack
5929This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5930@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5931@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5932(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5933
5934This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5935referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5936@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5937subsections). For example:
5938
5939@smallexample
5940.section A
5941 .subsection 1
5942 .word 0x1234
5943 .subsection 2
5944 .word 0x5678
5945.previous
5946 .word 0x9abc
5947@end smallexample
5948
5949Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5950section A. Whilst:
5951
5952@smallexample
5953.section A
5954.subsection 1
5955 # Now in section A subsection 1
5956 .word 0x1234
5957.section B
5958.subsection 0
5959 # Now in section B subsection 0
5960 .word 0x5678
5961.subsection 1
5962 # Now in section B subsection 1
5963 .word 0x9abc
5964.previous
5965 # Now in section B subsection 0
5966 .word 0xdef0
5967@end smallexample
5968
5969Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5970section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5971
5972In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5973the top section on the section stack.
5974@end ifset
5975
252b5132
RH
5976@node Print
5977@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5978
5979@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5980@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5981assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5982
c91d2e08
NC
5983@ifset ELF
5984@node Protected
5985@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5986
c1253627
NC
5987@cindex @code{protected} directive
5988@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5989This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5990@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5991
5992This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5993their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5994@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5995components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5996component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5997this.
c91d2e08
NC
5998@end ifset
5999
252b5132
RH
6000@node Psize
6001@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6002
6003@cindex @code{psize} directive
6004@cindex listing control: paper size
6005@cindex paper size, for listings
6006Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6007number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6008
6009If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6010of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6011default width is 200 columns.
6012
a4fb0134 6013@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6014lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6015@code{.eject}).
6016
6017If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6018those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6019
6020@node Purgem
6021@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6022
6023@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6024Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6025expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6026
c91d2e08
NC
6027@ifset ELF
6028@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6029@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6030
c1253627 6031@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6032@cindex Section Stack
6033This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6034@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6035@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6036(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6037
e9863d7f
DJ
6038This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6039top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6040subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6041@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6042as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6043@end ifset
6044
252b5132
RH
6045@node Quad
6046@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6047
6048@cindex @code{quad} directive
6049@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6050each bignum, it emits
6051@ifclear bignum-16
6052an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6053warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6054@cindex eight-byte integer
6055@cindex integer, 8-byte
6056
6057The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6058hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6059@end ifclear
6060@ifset bignum-16
6061a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6062warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6063@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6064@cindex integer, 16-byte
6065@end ifset
6066
05e9452c
AM
6067@node Reloc
6068@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6069
6070@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6071Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6072@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6073the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6074symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6075@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6076absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6077targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6078relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6079section.
6080
252b5132
RH
6081@node Rept
6082@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6083
6084@cindex @code{rept} directive
6085Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6086@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6087
6088For example, assembling
6089
6090@example
6091 .rept 3
6092 .long 0
6093 .endr
6094@end example
6095
6096is equivalent to assembling
6097
6098@example
6099 .long 0
6100 .long 0
6101 .long 0
6102@end example
6103
6104@node Sbttl
6105@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6106
6107@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6108@cindex subtitles for listings
6109@cindex listing control: subtitle
6110Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6111title line) when generating assembly listings.
6112
6113This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6114it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6115
6116@ifset COFF
6117@node Scl
6118@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6119
6120@cindex @code{scl} directive
6121@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6122@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6123Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6124used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6125whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6126symbolic debugging information.
6127@ifset BOUT
6128
6129The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6130configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6131accepts this directive but ignores it.
6132@end ifset
6133@end ifset
6134
c1253627 6135@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6136@node Section
c1253627 6137@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6138
252b5132
RH
6139@cindex named section
6140Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6141named @var{name}.
6142
6143This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6144named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6145with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6146
c1253627
NC
6147@ifset COFF
6148@ifset ELF
6149@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6150@subheading COFF Version
6151@end ifset
6152
6153@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6154For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6155ways:
c91d2e08 6156
252b5132
RH
6157@smallexample
6158.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6159.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6160@end smallexample
6161
6162If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6163section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6164@table @code
6165@item b
6166bss section (uninitialized data)
6167@item n
6168section is not loaded
6169@item w
6170writable section
6171@item d
6172data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6173@item e
6174exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6175@item r
6176read-only section
6177@item x
6178executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6179@item s
6180shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6181@item a
6182ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6183@item y
6184section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6185@item 0-9
6186single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6187@end table
6188
6189If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6190the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6191loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6192from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6193will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6194
6195If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6196taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6197@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6198
6199@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6200@ifset COFF
6201@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6202@subheading ELF Version
6203@end ifset
6204
c91d2e08
NC
6205@cindex Section Stack
6206This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6207@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6208(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6209@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6210
c1253627 6211@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6212For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6213
252b5132 6214@smallexample
7047dd1e 6215.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6216@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6217
252b5132 6218The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6219combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6220@table @code
6221@item a
6222section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6223@item e
6224section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6225@item w
6226section is writable
6227@item x
6228section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6229@item M
6230section is mergeable
6231@item S
6232section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6233@item G
6234section is a member of a section group
6235@item T
6236section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6237@item ?
6238section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6239@end table
6240
6241The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6242@table @code
6243@item @@progbits
6244section contains data
6245@item @@nobits
6246section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6247@item @@note
6248section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6249@item @@init_array
6250section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6251@item @@fini_array
6252section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6253@item @@preinit_array
6254section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6255@end table
6256
10b016c2
PB
6257Many targets only support the first three section types.
6258
ececec60
NC
6259Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6260ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6261@code{%} character.
6262
22fe14ad 6263If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6264be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6265
6266@smallexample
6267.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6268@end smallexample
6269
6270Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6271constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6272@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6273@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6274the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6275absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6276which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6277@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6278@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6279
6280If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6281be present along with an additional field like this:
6282
6283@smallexample
6284.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6285@end smallexample
6286
6287The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6288particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6289@table @code
6290@item comdat
6291indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6292@item .gnu.linkonce
6293an alias for comdat
6294@end table
6295
96e9638b 6296Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6297the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6298
6299@smallexample
6300.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6301@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6302
01642c12
RM
6303If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6304@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6305present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6306this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6307@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6308If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6309
252b5132
RH
6310If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6311the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6312none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6313executable. The section will contain data.
6314
6315For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6316directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6317
252b5132
RH
6318@smallexample
6319.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6320@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6321
252b5132
RH
6322Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6323separated flags:
6324@table @code
6325@item #alloc
6326section is allocatable
6327@item #write
6328section is writable
6329@item #execinstr
6330section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6331@item #exclude
6332section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6333@item #tls
6334section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6335@end table
c91d2e08 6336
e9863d7f
DJ
6337This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6338contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6339some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6340work.
c1253627
NC
6341@end ifset
6342@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6343
6344@node Set
6345@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6346
6347@cindex @code{set} directive
6348@cindex symbol value, setting
6349Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6350changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6351@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6352flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6353
6354You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6355
6356If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6357file is the last value stored into it.
6358
3c9b82ba
NC
6359@ifset Z80
6360On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6361@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6362@end ifset
6363
252b5132
RH
6364@node Short
6365@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6366
6367@cindex @code{short} directive
6368@ifset GENERIC
6369@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6370@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6371
6372In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6373numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6374@end ifset
6375@ifclear GENERIC
6376@ifset W16
6377@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6378@end ifset
6379@ifset W32
6380This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6381a 16 bit number for each.
6382@end ifset
6383@end ifclear
6384
6385@node Single
6386@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6387
6388@cindex @code{single} directive
6389@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6390This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6391has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6392@ifset GENERIC
6393The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6394@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6395@end ifset
6396@ifclear GENERIC
6397@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6398On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6399numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6400@end ifset
6401@end ifclear
6402
c1253627 6403@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6404@node Size
c1253627 6405@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6406
c1253627
NC
6407This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6408
6409@ifset COFF
6410@ifset ELF
6411@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6412@subheading COFF Version
6413@end ifset
6414
6415@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6416For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6417@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6418
6419@smallexample
6420.size @var{expression}
6421@end smallexample
252b5132 6422
c91d2e08 6423@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6424@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6425@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6426ignores it.
6427@end ifset
c1253627 6428@end ifset
c91d2e08 6429
c1253627
NC
6430@ifset ELF
6431@ifset COFF
6432@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6433@subheading ELF Version
6434@end ifset
6435
6436@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6437For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6438
c1253627
NC
6439@smallexample
6440.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6441@end smallexample
6442
6443This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6444The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6445arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6446symbols.
c1253627
NC
6447@end ifset
6448@end ifset
252b5132 6449
252b5132
RH
6450@ifclear no-space-dir
6451@node Skip
6452@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6453
6454@cindex @code{skip} directive
6455@cindex filling memory
6456This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6457@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6458@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6459@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6460@end ifclear
252b5132 6461
ccf8a69b
BW
6462@node Sleb128
6463@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6464
6465@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6466@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6467compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6468symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6469
884f0d36 6470@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6471@node Space
6472@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6473
6474@cindex @code{space} directive
6475@cindex filling memory
6476This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6477@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6478and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6479as @samp{.skip}.
6480
6481@ifset HPPA
6482@quotation
6483@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6484targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6485Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6486@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6487for a summary.
6488@end quotation
6489@end ifset
6490@end ifclear
6491
252b5132
RH
6492@ifset have-stabs
6493@node Stab
6494@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6495
6496@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6497@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6498There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6499All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6500The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6501cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6502Up to five fields are required:
6503
6504@table @var
6505@item string
6506This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6507@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6508debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6509using this field.
6510
6511@item type
6512An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6513this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6514and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6515
6516@item other
6517An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6518low 8 bits of this expression.
6519
6520@item desc
6521An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6522bits of this expression.
6523
6524@item value
6525An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6526@end table
6527
6528If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6529or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6530you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6531compatible with earlier assemblers!
6532
6533@table @code
6534@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6535@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6536
6537The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6538It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6539null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6540strings.
6541
6542The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6543relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6544is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6545assembled.
6546
6547@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6548@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6549The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6550
6551@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6552@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6553All five fields are specified.
6554@end table
6555@end ifset
6556@c end have-stabs
6557
6558@node String
38a57ae7 6559@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6560"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6561
6562@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6563@cindex string8, copying to object file
6564@cindex string16, copying to object file
6565@cindex string32, copying to object file
6566@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6567@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6568@cindex @code{string8} directive
6569@cindex @code{string16} directive
6570@cindex @code{string32} directive
6571@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6572
6573Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6574one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6575particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6576You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6577
01642c12 6578The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6579the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6580copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6581are stored in target endianness byte order.
6582
6583Example:
6584@smallexample
6585 .string32 "BYE"
6586expands to:
6587 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6588 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6589@end smallexample
6590
6591
252b5132
RH
6592@node Struct
6593@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6594
6595@cindex @code{struct} directive
6596Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6597which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6598@smallexample
6599 .struct 0
6600field1:
6601 .struct field1 + 4
6602field2:
6603 .struct field2 + 4
6604field3:
6605@end smallexample
6606This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6607@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6608value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6609use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6610before further assembly.
6611
c91d2e08
NC
6612@ifset ELF
6613@node SubSection
6614@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6615
c1253627 6616@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6617@cindex Section Stack
6618This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6619@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6620@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6621(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6622
6623This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6624section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6625in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6626@end ifset
6627
252b5132
RH
6628@ifset ELF
6629@node Symver
6630@section @code{.symver}
6631@cindex @code{symver} directive
6632@cindex symbol versioning
6633@cindex versions of symbols
6634Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6635within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6636typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6637There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6638into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6639shared library.
6640
79082ff0 6641For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6642@smallexample
6643.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6644@end smallexample
339681c0 6645If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6646being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6647alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6648just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6649permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6650of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6651itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6652have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6653file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6654function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6655the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6656building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6657symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6658nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6659
6660If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6661references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6662reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6663symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6664
6665Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6666@smallexample
6667.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6668@end smallexample
6669In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6670the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6671difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6672references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6673
6674The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6675@smallexample
6676.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6677@end smallexample
6678When @var{name} is not defined within the
6679file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6680@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6681name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6682@end ifset
6683
6684@ifset COFF
6685@node Tag
6686@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6687
6688@cindex COFF structure debugging
6689@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6690@cindex @code{tag} directive
6691This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6692information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6693@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6694definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6695@ifset BOUT
6696
6697@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6698@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6699ignores it.
6700@end ifset
6701@end ifset
6702
6703@node Text
6704@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6705
6706@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6707Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6708the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6709expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6710is used.
6711
6712@node Title
6713@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6714
6715@cindex @code{title} directive
6716@cindex listing control: title line
6717Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6718source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6719
6720This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6721it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6722
c1253627 6723@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6724@node Type
c1253627
NC
6725@section @code{.type}
6726
6727This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6728
6729@ifset COFF
6730@ifset ELF
6731@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6732@subheading COFF Version
6733@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6734
6735@cindex COFF symbol type
6736@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6737@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6738For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6739@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6740
6741@smallexample
6742.type @var{int}
6743@end smallexample
6744
6745This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6746entry.
252b5132 6747
c91d2e08 6748@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6749@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6750@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6751directive but ignores it.
6752@end ifset
c1253627 6753@end ifset
c91d2e08 6754
c1253627
NC
6755@ifset ELF
6756@ifset COFF
6757@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6758@subheading ELF Version
6759@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6760
6761@cindex ELF symbol type
6762@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6763@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6764For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6765
6766@smallexample
6767.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6768@end smallexample
6769
6770This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6771function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6772supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6773compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6774
6775Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6776@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6777below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6778the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6779maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6780assemblers.
6781
6782The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6783
6784@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6785 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6786 .type <name>,#<type>
6787 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6788 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6789 .type <name>,"<type>"
6790@end smallexample
6791
6792The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6793
5671778d
NC
6794@table @gcctabopt
6795@item STT_FUNC
6796@itemx function
6797Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6798
d8045f23
NC
6799@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6800@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6801Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6802processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6803
5671778d
NC
6804@item STT_OBJECT
6805@itemx object
6806Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6807
6808@item STT_TLS
6809@itemx tls_object
6810Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6811
6812@item STT_COMMON
6813@itemx common
6814Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6815
6816@item STT_NOTYPE
6817@itemx notype
6818Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6819
3e7a7d11
NC
6820@item gnu_unique_object
6821Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6822will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6823name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6824systems).
3e7a7d11 6825
5671778d
NC
6826@end table
6827
6828Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6829
c1253627
NC
6830@end ifset
6831@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6832
6833@node Uleb128
6834@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6835
6836@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6837@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6838compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6839symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6840
6841@ifset COFF
6842@node Val
6843@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6844
6845@cindex @code{val} directive
6846@cindex COFF value attribute
6847@cindex value attribute, COFF
6848This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6849records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6850entry.
6851@ifset BOUT
6852
a4fb0134 6853@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6854configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6855@end ifset
6856@end ifset
6857
2e13b764 6858@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6859@node Version
6860@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6861
c1253627 6862@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6863This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6864formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6865@end ifset
2e13b764 6866
c91d2e08
NC
6867@ifset ELF
6868@node VTableEntry
6869@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6870
653cfe85 6871@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6872This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6873@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6874
c91d2e08
NC
6875@node VTableInherit
6876@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6877
653cfe85 6878@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6879This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6880@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6881parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6882parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6883@end ifset
2e13b764 6884
d190d046
HPN
6885@node Warning
6886@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6887@cindex warning directive
6888Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6889(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6890
c91d2e08
NC
6891@node Weak
6892@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6893
c1253627 6894@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6895This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6896@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6897
01642c12 6898On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6899directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6900@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6901
977cdf5a 6902On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6903When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6904alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6905
06e77878
AO
6906@node Weakref
6907@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6908
6909@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6910This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6911be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6912If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6913will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6914symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6915
6916The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6917assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6918symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6919resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6920had the references to the alias removed.
6921
6922The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6923within the assembler.
6924
252b5132
RH
6925@node Word
6926@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6927
6928@cindex @code{word} directive
6929This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6930separated by commas.
6931@ifclear GENERIC
6932@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6933For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6934@end ifset
6935@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6936For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6937@end ifset
6938@end ifclear
6939@ifset GENERIC
6940
6941The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6942depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6943@end ifset
6944
6945@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6946@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6947@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6948@cindex difference tables altered
6949@cindex altered difference tables
6950@quotation
6951@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6952@end quotation
6953
6954@ifset GENERIC
6955Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6956addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6957interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6958@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6959
6960@end ifset
6961In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6962@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6963Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6964compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6965directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6966@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6967creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6968This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6969first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6970of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6971table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6972contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6973@code{sym2}.
6974
6975If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6976secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6977@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6978long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6979and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6980minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6981entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6982
6983@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6984@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6985@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6986assembly language programmers.
6987@end ifset
6988@end ifset
6989@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6990
6991@node Deprecated
6992@section Deprecated Directives
6993
6994@cindex deprecated directives
6995@cindex obsolescent directives
6996One day these directives won't work.
6997They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6998@table @t
6999@item .abort
7000@item .line
7001@end table
7002
3a99f02f
DJ
7003@ifset ELF
7004@node Object Attributes
7005@chapter Object Attributes
7006@cindex object attributes
7007
7008@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7009into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7010Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7011point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7012requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7013passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7014hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7015generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7016newer generation at run-time.
7017
7018This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7019@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7020time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7021correctly.
7022
7023Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7024attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7025string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7026and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7027or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7028attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7029
7030Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7031The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7032
7033@menu
7034* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7035* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7036@end menu
7037
7038@node GNU Object Attributes
7039@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7040
7041The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7042with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7043
7044Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7045its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7046an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70472} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7048architecture-dependent ones.
7049
7050@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7051
7052These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7053
7054@table @r
7055@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7056The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7057the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7058then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7059than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7060arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7061@end table
7062
7063@subsection MIPS Attributes
7064
7065@table @r
7066@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7067The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7068
7069@itemize @bullet
7070@item
70710 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7072@item
f179c512
MF
70731 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7074double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7075@item
70762 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7077@item
70783 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7079@item
f179c512
MF
70804 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7081floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7082number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7083@item
70845 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7085with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7086general-purpose registers.
7087@item
70886 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7089registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7090@item
70917 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7092registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7093direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7094@end itemize
7095@end table
7096
7097@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7098
7099@table @r
7100@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7101The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7102
7103@itemize @bullet
7104@item
71050 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7106@item
3c7b9897 71071 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7108@item
71092 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7110@item
71113 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7112@end itemize
7113
7114@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7115The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7116
7117@itemize @bullet
7118@item
71190 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7120@item
71211 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7122@item
71232 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7124@item
71253 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7126@end itemize
7127@end table
7128
643f7afb
AK
7129@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7130
7131@table @r
7132@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7133The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7134
7135@itemize @bullet
7136@item
71370 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7138@item
71391 for files using software vector ABI.
7140@item
71412 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7142@end itemize
7143@end table
7144
3a99f02f
DJ
7145@node Defining New Object Attributes
7146@section Defining New Object Attributes
7147
7148If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7149will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7150mailing list.
7151
7152@itemize @bullet
7153@item
7154This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7155@item
7156The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7157@item
7158The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7159and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7160@item
7161Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7162@item
7163@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7164@item
7165GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7166@end itemize
7167
7168@end ifset
7169
252b5132
RH
7170@ifset GENERIC
7171@node Machine Dependencies
7172@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7173
7174@cindex machine dependencies
7175The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7176each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7177vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7178directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7179assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7180@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7181optimization.
7182
7183This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7184include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7185subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7186
7187@menu
a06ea964
NC
7188@ifset AARCH64
7189* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7190@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7191@ifset ALPHA
7192* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7193@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7194@ifset ARC
7195* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7196@end ifset
7197@ifset ARM
7198* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7199@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7200@ifset AVR
7201* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7202@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7203@ifset Blackfin
7204* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7205@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7206@ifset CR16
7207* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7208@end ifset
8bf549a8 7209@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7210* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7211@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7212@ifset D10V
7213* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7214@end ifset
7215@ifset D30V
7216* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7217@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7218@ifset EPIPHANY
7219* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7220@end ifset
252b5132 7221@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7222* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7223@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7224@ifset HPPA
7225* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7226@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7227@ifset I370
7228* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7229@end ifset
252b5132 7230@ifset I80386
55b62671 7231* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7232@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7233@ifset I860
7234* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7235@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7236@ifset I960
7237* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7238@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7239@ifset IA64
7240* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7241@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7242@ifset IP2K
7243* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7244@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7245@ifset LM32
7246* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7247@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7248@ifset M32C
7249* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7250@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7251@ifset M32R
7252* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7253@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7254@ifset M680X0
7255* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7256@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7257@ifset M68HC11
7258* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7259@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7260@ifset METAG
7261* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7262@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7263@ifset MICROBLAZE
7264* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7265@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7266@ifset MIPS
7267* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7268@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7269@ifset MMIX
7270* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7271@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7272@ifset MSP430
7273* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7274@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7275@ifset NDS32
7276* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7277@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7278@ifset NIOSII
7279* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7280@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7281@ifset NS32K
7282* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7283@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7284@ifset PDP11
7285* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7286@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7287@ifset PJ
7288* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7289@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7290@ifset PPC
7291* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7292@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7293@ifset RL78
7294* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7295@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7296@ifset RX
7297* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7298@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7299@ifset S390
7300* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7301@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7302@ifset SCORE
7303* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7304@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7305@ifset SH
7306* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7307* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7308@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7309@ifset SPARC
7310* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7312@ifset TIC54X
7313* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7314@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7315@ifset TIC6X
7316* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7317@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7318@ifset TILEGX
7319* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
7321@ifset TILEPRO
7322* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7324@ifset V850
7325* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7327@ifset VAX
7328* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
7330@ifset VISIUM
7331* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7332@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7333@ifset XGATE
7334* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7335@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7336@ifset XSTORMY16
7337* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7338@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7339@ifset XTENSA
7340* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7341@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7342@ifset Z80
7343* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7344@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7345@ifset Z8000
7346* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7347@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7348@end menu
7349
7350@lowersections
7351@end ifset
7352
7353@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7354@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7355@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7356@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7357@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7358@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7359@c in both conditional blocks.
7360
a06ea964
NC
7361@ifset AARCH64
7362@include c-aarch64.texi
7363@end ifset
7364
625e1353
RH
7365@ifset ALPHA
7366@include c-alpha.texi
7367@end ifset
7368
7369@ifset ARC
7370@include c-arc.texi
7371@end ifset
7372
252b5132
RH
7373@ifset ARM
7374@include c-arm.texi
7375@end ifset
7376
8473f7a4
DC
7377@ifset AVR
7378@include c-avr.texi
7379@end ifset
7380
3b4e1885 7381@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7382@include c-bfin.texi
7383@end ifset
7384
3d3d428f
NC
7385@ifset CR16
7386@include c-cr16.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
328eb32e
HPN
7389@ifset CRIS
7390@include c-cris.texi
7391@end ifset
7392
c2dcd04e 7393@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7394@ifclear GENERIC
7395@node Machine Dependencies
7396@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7397
c2dcd04e 7398The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7399and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7400chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7401family.
7402
7403@menu
c2dcd04e 7404* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7405* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7406@end menu
7407@lowersections
7408@end ifclear
7409@end ifset
7410
7411@ifset D10V
7412@include c-d10v.texi
7413@end ifset
7414
7415@ifset D30V
7416@include c-d30v.texi
7417@end ifset
7418
cfb8c092
NC
7419@ifset EPIPHANY
7420@include c-epiphany.texi
7421@end ifset
7422
252b5132
RH
7423@ifset H8/300
7424@include c-h8300.texi
7425@end ifset
7426
252b5132
RH
7427@ifset HPPA
7428@include c-hppa.texi
7429@end ifset
7430
5b93d8bb
AM
7431@ifset I370
7432@include c-i370.texi
7433@end ifset
7434
252b5132
RH
7435@ifset I80386
7436@include c-i386.texi
7437@end ifset
7438
e3308d0d
JE
7439@ifset I860
7440@include c-i860.texi
7441@end ifset
7442
252b5132
RH
7443@ifset I960
7444@include c-i960.texi
7445@end ifset
7446
9e32ca89
NC
7447@ifset IA64
7448@include c-ia64.texi
7449@end ifset
7450
a40cbfa3
NC
7451@ifset IP2K
7452@include c-ip2k.texi
7453@end ifset
7454
84e94c90
NC
7455@ifset LM32
7456@include c-lm32.texi
7457@end ifset
7458
49f58d10
JB
7459@ifset M32C
7460@include c-m32c.texi
7461@end ifset
7462
ec694b89
NC
7463@ifset M32R
7464@include c-m32r.texi
7465@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7466
7467@ifset M680X0
7468@include c-m68k.texi
7469@end ifset
7470
60bcf0fa
NC
7471@ifset M68HC11
7472@include c-m68hc11.texi
7473@end ifset
7474
a3c62988
NC
7475@ifset METAG
7476@include c-metag.texi
7477@end ifset
7478
01642c12 7479@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7480@include c-microblaze.texi
7481@end ifset
7482
252b5132
RH
7483@ifset MIPS
7484@include c-mips.texi
7485@end ifset
7486
3c3bdf30
NC
7487@ifset MMIX
7488@include c-mmix.texi
7489@end ifset
7490
2469cfa2
NC
7491@ifset MSP430
7492@include c-msp430.texi
7493@end ifset
7494
35c08157
KLC
7495@ifset NDS32
7496@include c-nds32.texi
7497@end ifset
7498
36591ba1
SL
7499@ifset NIOSII
7500@include c-nios2.texi
7501@end ifset
7502
252b5132
RH
7503@ifset NS32K
7504@include c-ns32k.texi
7505@end ifset
7506
e135f41b
NC
7507@ifset PDP11
7508@include c-pdp11.texi
7509@end ifset
7510
041dd5a9
ILT
7511@ifset PJ
7512@include c-pj.texi
7513@end ifset
7514
418c1742
MG
7515@ifset PPC
7516@include c-ppc.texi
7517@end ifset
7518
99c513f6
DD
7519@ifset RL78
7520@include c-rl78.texi
7521@end ifset
7522
046d31c2
NC
7523@ifset RX
7524@include c-rx.texi
7525@end ifset
7526
11c19e16
MS
7527@ifset S390
7528@include c-s390.texi
7529@end ifset
7530
c0157db4
NC
7531@ifset SCORE
7532@include c-score.texi
7533@end ifset
7534
252b5132
RH
7535@ifset SH
7536@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7537@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7538@end ifset
7539
7540@ifset SPARC
7541@include c-sparc.texi
7542@end ifset
7543
39bec121
TW
7544@ifset TIC54X
7545@include c-tic54x.texi
7546@end ifset
7547
40b36596
JM
7548@ifset TIC6X
7549@include c-tic6x.texi
7550@end ifset
7551
aa137e4d
NC
7552@ifset TILEGX
7553@include c-tilegx.texi
7554@end ifset
7555
7556@ifset TILEPRO
7557@include c-tilepro.texi
7558@end ifset
7559
b6605ddd
EB
7560@ifset V850
7561@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7562@end ifset
7563
7564@ifset VAX
7565@include c-vax.texi
7566@end ifset
7567
b6605ddd
EB
7568@ifset VISIUM
7569@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7570@end ifset
7571
f6c1a2d5
NC
7572@ifset XGATE
7573@include c-xgate.texi
7574@end ifset
7575
6753e72f
NC
7576@ifset XSTORMY16
7577@include c-xstormy16.texi
7578@end ifset
7579
e0001a05
NC
7580@ifset XTENSA
7581@include c-xtensa.texi
7582@end ifset
7583
b6605ddd
EB
7584@ifset Z80
7585@include c-z80.texi
7586@end ifset
7587
7588@ifset Z8000
7589@include c-z8k.texi
7590@end ifset
7591
252b5132
RH
7592@ifset GENERIC
7593@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7594@raisesections
7595@end ifset
7596
7597@node Reporting Bugs
7598@chapter Reporting Bugs
7599@cindex bugs in assembler
7600@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7601
a4fb0134 7602Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7603
7604Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7605not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7606entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7607Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7608
7609In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7610information that enables us to fix the bug.
7611
7612@menu
7613* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7614* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7615@end menu
7616
7617@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7618@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7619@cindex bug criteria
7620
7621If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7622
7623@itemize @bullet
7624@cindex fatal signal
7625@cindex assembler crash
7626@cindex crash of assembler
7627@item
7628If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7629@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7630
7631@cindex error on valid input
7632@item
a4fb0134 7633If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7634
7635@cindex invalid input
7636@item
a4fb0134 7637If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7638is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7639be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7640
7641@item
7642If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7643of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7644@end itemize
7645
7646@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7647@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7648@cindex bug reports
7649@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7650
7651A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7652you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7653contact that organization first.
7654
7655You can find contact information for many support companies and
7656individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7657distribution.
7658
ad22bfe8 7659@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7660In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7661to @value{BUGURL}.
7662@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7663
7664The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7665@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7666fact or leave it out, state it!
7667
7668Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7669and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7670name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7671not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7672happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7673perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7674the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7675give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7676and the most helpful.
7677
7678Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7679it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7680that the bug has not been reported previously.
7681
7682Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7683bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7684respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7685You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7686
7687To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7688
7689@itemize @bullet
7690@item
a4fb0134 7691The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7692it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7693
7694Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7695the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7696
7697@item
a4fb0134 7698Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7699
7700@item
7701The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7702version number.
7703
7704@item
a4fb0134 7705What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7706``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7707
7708@item
7709The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7710observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7711all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7712
7713If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7714and then we might not encounter the bug.
7715
7716@item
7717A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7718the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7719high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7720when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7721the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7722file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7723@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7724
7725@item
7726A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7727incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7728
a4fb0134 7729Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7730will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7731notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7732make a mistake.
7733
7734Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7735explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7736@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7737library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7738would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7739would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7740expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7741observations.
7742
7743@item
a4fb0134 7744If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7745diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7746option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7747discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7748by line number.
7749
7750The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7751sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7752@end itemize
7753
7754Here are some things that are not necessary:
7755
7756@itemize @bullet
7757@item
7758A description of the envelope of the bug.
7759
7760Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7761which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7762changes will not affect it.
7763
7764This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7765will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7766with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7767We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7768
7769Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7770of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7771output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7772less time, and so on.
7773
7774However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7775report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7776
7777@item
7778A patch for the bug.
7779
7780A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7781the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7782a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7783to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7784
a4fb0134 7785Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7786construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7787the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7788one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7789
7790And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7791patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7792help us to understand.
7793
7794@item
7795A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7796
7797Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7798things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7799@end itemize
7800
7801@node Acknowledgements
7802@chapter Acknowledgements
7803
653cfe85 7804If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7805it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7806maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7807@c (October 2012),
7808the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7809
7810Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7811more details?}
7812
7813Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7814information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7815extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7816
7817K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7818many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7819up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7820testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7821including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7822and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7823support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7824port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7825file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7826assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7827
7828Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7829in format-specific I/O modules.
7830
7831The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7832has done much work with it since.
7833
7834The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7835
7836Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7837
7838The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7839University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7840
7841Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7842(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7843(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7844support a.out format.
7845
7be1c489
AM
7846Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7847tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7848Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7849use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7850targets.
7851
7852John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7853simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7854updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7855fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7856remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7857cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7858required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7859
7860Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
786168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7862added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7863PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7864
653cfe85 7865Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7866
7867Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7868
7869Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7870along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7871formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7872the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7873
7874Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7875Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7876Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7877Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7878and some initial 64-bit support).
7879
c1253627 7880Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7881
252b5132
RH
7882Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7883support for openVMS/Alpha.
7884
39bec121
TW
7885Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7886flavors.
7887
e0001a05 7888David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7889Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7890
252b5132
RH
7891Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7892configuration enhancements.
7893
84e94c90
NC
7894Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7895
252b5132
RH
7896Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7897you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7898want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7899intentionally leaving anyone out.
7900
793c5807
NC
7901@node GNU Free Documentation License
7902@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7903@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7904
370b66a1
CD
7905@node AS Index
7906@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7907
7908@printindex cp
7909
252b5132
RH
7910@bye
7911@c Local Variables:
7912@c fill-column: 79
7913@c End:
This page took 1.183229 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.